Adding support for SNMP broadcast connection tracking. The SNMP
broadcast requests are now paired with the SNMP responses.
Thus allowing using SNMP broadcasts with firewall enabled.
Please refer to the following conversation:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=125992205006600&w=2
Patrick McHardy wrote:
> > The best solution would be to add generic broadcast tracking, the
> > use of expectations for this is a bit of abuse.
> > The second best choice I guess would be to move the help() function
> > to a shared module and generalize it so it can be used for both.
This patch implements the "second best choice".
Since the netbios-ns conntrack module uses the same helper
functionality as the snmp, only one helper function is added
for both snmp and netbios-ns modules into the new object -
nf_conntrack_broadcast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When a packet is meant to be handled by another node of the cluster,
silently drop it instead of flooding kernel log.
Note : INVALID packets are also dropped without notice.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If an skb is to be NF_QUEUE'd, but no program has opened the queue, the
packet is dropped.
This adds a v2 target revision of xt_NFQUEUE that allows packets to
continue through the ruleset instead.
Because the actual queueing happens outside of the target context, the
'bypass' flag has to be communicated back to the netfilter core.
Unfortunately the only choice to do this without adding a new function
argument is to use the target function return value (i.e. the verdict).
In the NF_QUEUE case, the upper 16bit already contain the queue number
to use. The previous patch reduced NF_VERDICT_MASK to 0xff, i.e.
we now have extra room for a new flag.
If a hook issued a NF_QUEUE verdict, then the netfilter core will
continue packet processing if the queueing hook
returns -ESRCH (== "this queue does not exist") and the new
NF_VERDICT_FLAG_QUEUE_BYPASS flag is set in the verdict value.
Note: If the queue exists, but userspace does not consume packets fast
enough, the skb will still be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fwestphal@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NF_VERDICT_MASK is currently 0xffff. This is because the upper
16 bits are used to store errno (for NF_DROP) or the queue number
(NF_QUEUE verdict).
As there are up to 0xffff different queues available, there is no more
room to store additional flags.
At the moment there are only 6 different verdicts, i.e. we can reduce
NF_VERDICT_MASK to 0xff to allow storing additional flags in the 0xff00 space.
NF_VERDICT_BITS would then be reduced to 8, but because the value is
exported to userspace, this might cause breakage; e.g.:
e.g. 'queuenr = (1 << NF_VERDICT_BITS) | NF_QUEUE' would now break.
Thus, remove NF_VERDICT_BITS usage in the kernel and move the old value
to the 'userspace compat' section.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Move free responsibility from nf_queue to caller.
This enables more flexible error handling; we can now accept the skb
instead of freeing it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
instead of returning -1 on error, return an error number to allow the
caller to handle some errors differently.
ECANCELED is used to indicate that the hook is going away and should be
ignored.
A followup patch will introduce more 'ignore this hook' conditions,
(depending on queue settings) and will move kfree_skb responsibility
to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NFLOG already does the same thing for NETFILTER_NETLINK_LOG.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As this ct won't be seen by the others, we don't need to set the
IPS_CONFIRMED_BIT in atomic way.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
My previous patch (netfilter: nf_nat: don't use atomic bit operation)
made a mistake when converting atomic_set to a normal bit 'or'.
IPS_*_BIT should be replaced with IPS_*.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The setsockopt() syscall to replace tables is already recorded
in the audit logs. This patch stores additional information
such as table name and netfilter protocol.
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds a new netfilter target which creates audit records
for packets traversing a certain chain.
It can be used to record packets which are rejected administraively
as follows:
-N AUDIT_DROP
-A AUDIT_DROP -j AUDIT --type DROP
-A AUDIT_DROP -j DROP
a rule which would typically drop or reject a packet would then
invoke the new chain to record packets before dropping them.
-j AUDIT_DROP
The module is protocol independant and works for iptables, ip6tables
and ebtables.
The following information is logged:
- netfilter hook
- packet length
- incomming/outgoing interface
- MAC src/dst/proto for ethernet packets
- src/dst/protocol address for IPv4/IPv6
- src/dst port for TCP/UDP/UDPLITE
- icmp type/code
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In the original code we check if (servl == NULL) twice. The first time
should print the message that cfmuxl_remove_uplayer() failed and set
"ret" correctly, but instead it just returns success. The second check
should be checking the value of "ret" instead of "servl".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the CAN socket code conform to the manpage of sendmsg.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Van Dijck <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux 2.6.21 defines different macros for __attribute__ which are also
used inside batman-adv. The next version of checkpatch.pl warns about
the usage of __attribute__((packed))).
Linux 2.6.33 defines an extra macro __always_unused which is used to
assist source code analyzers and can be used to removed the last
existing __attribute__ inside the source code.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (47 commits)
GRETH: resolve SMP issues and other problems
GRETH: handle frame error interrupts
GRETH: avoid writing bad speed/duplex when setting transfer mode
GRETH: fixed skb buffer memory leak on frame errors
GRETH: GBit transmit descriptor handling optimization
GRETH: fix opening/closing
GRETH: added raw AMBA vendor/device number to match against.
cassini: Fix build bustage on x86.
e1000e: consistent use of Rx/Tx vs. RX/TX/rx/tx in comments/logs
e1000e: update Copyright for 2011
e1000: Avoid unhandled IRQ
r8169: keep firmware in memory.
netdev: tilepro: Use is_unicast_ether_addr helper
etherdevice.h: Add is_unicast_ether_addr function
ks8695net: Use default implementation of ethtool_ops::get_link
ks8695net: Disable non-working ethtool operations
USB CDC NCM: Don't deref NULL in cdc_ncm_rx_fixup() and don't use uninitialized variable.
vxge: Remember to release firmware after upgrading firmware
netdev: bfin_mac: Remove is_multicast_ether_addr use in netdev_for_each_mc_addr
ipsec: update MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to support sha512
...
* 'for-2.6.38' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (62 commits)
nfsd4: fix callback restarting
nfsd: break lease on unlink, link, and rename
nfsd4: break lease on nfsd setattr
nfsd: don't support msnfs export option
nfsd4: initialize cb_per_client
nfsd4: allow restarting callbacks
nfsd4: simplify nfsd4_cb_prepare
nfsd4: give out delegations more quickly in 4.1 case
nfsd4: add helper function to run callbacks
nfsd4: make sure sequence flags are set after destroy_session
nfsd4: re-probe callback on connection loss
nfsd4: set sequence flag when backchannel is down
nfsd4: keep finer-grained callback status
rpc: allow xprt_class->setup to return a preexisting xprt
rpc: keep backchannel xprt as long as server connection
rpc: move sk_bc_xprt to svc_xprt
nfsd4: allow backchannel recovery
nfsd4: support BIND_CONN_TO_SESSION
nfsd4: modify session list under cl_lock
Documentation: fl_mylease no longer exists
...
Fix up conflicts in fs/nfsd/vfs.c with the vfs-scale work. The
vfs-scale work touched some msnfs cases, and this merge removes support
for that entirely, so the conflict was trivial to resolve.
Use is_vmalloc_addr() in nf_ct_free_hashtable() and get rid of
the vmalloc flags to indicate that a hash table has been allocated
using vmalloc().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix dependencies of netfilter realm match: it depends on NET_CLS_ROUTE,
which itself depends on NET_SCHED; this dependency is missing from netfilter.
Since matching on realms is also useful without having NET_SCHED enabled and
the option really only controls whether the tclassid member is included in
route and dst entries, rename the config option to IP_ROUTE_CLASSID and move
it outside of traffic scheduling context to get rid of the NET_SCHED dependeny.
Reported-by: Vladis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
After recent changes, (percpu stats on vlan/tunnels...), we dont need
anymore per struct netdev_queue tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped counters.
Only remaining users are ixgbe, sch_teql, gianfar & macvlan :
1) ixgbe can be converted to use existing tx_ring counters.
2) macvlan incremented txq->tx_dropped, it can use the
dev->stats.tx_dropped counter.
3) sch_teql : almost revert ab35cd4b8f (Use net_device internal stats)
Now we have ndo_get_stats64(), use it, even for "unsigned long"
fields (No need to bring back a struct net_device_stats)
4) gianfar adds a stats structure per tx queue to hold
tx_bytes/tx_packets
This removes a lockdep warning (and possible lockup) in rndis gadget,
calling dev_get_stats() from hard IRQ context.
Ref: http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg149202.html
Reported-by: Neil Jones <neiljay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Sandeep Gopalpet <sandeep.kumar@freescale.com>
CC: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a problem in net/batman-adv/unicast.c::frag_send_skb().
dev_alloc_skb() allocates memory and may fail, thus returning NULL. If
this happens we'll pass a NULL pointer on to skb_split() which in turn
hands it to skb_split_inside_header() from where it gets passed to
skb_put() that lets skb_tail_pointer() play with it and that function
dereferences it. And thus the bat dies.
While I was at it I also moved the call to dev_alloc_skb() above the
assignment to 'unicast_packet' since there's no reason to do that
assignment if the memory allocation fails.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
When the buffer size is set to zero in the block ack parameter set
field, we should use the maximum supported number of subframes. The
existing code was bogus and was doing some unnecessary calculations
that lead to wrong values.
Thanks Johannes for helping me figure this one out.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the introduction of the fixes for the
reorder timer, mac80211 will cause lockdep
warnings because lockdep confuses
local->skb_queue and local->rx_skb_queue
and treats their lock as the same.
However, their locks are different, and are
valid in different contexts (the former is
used in IRQ context, the latter in BH only)
and the only thing to be done is mark the
former as a different lock class so that
lockdep can tell the difference.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Sujith <m.sujith@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sujith <m.sujith@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6: (41 commits)
fs: add documentation on fallocate hole punching
Gfs2: fail if we try to use hole punch
Btrfs: fail if we try to use hole punch
Ext4: fail if we try to use hole punch
Ocfs2: handle hole punching via fallocate properly
XFS: handle hole punching via fallocate properly
fs: add hole punching to fallocate
vfs: pass struct file to do_truncate on O_TRUNC opens (try #2)
fix signedness mess in rw_verify_area() on 64bit architectures
fs: fix kernel-doc for dcache::prepend_path
fs: fix kernel-doc for dcache::d_validate
sanitize ecryptfs ->mount()
switch afs
move internal-only parts of ncpfs headers to fs/ncpfs
switch ncpfs
switch 9p
pass default dentry_operations to mount_pseudo()
switch hostfs
switch affs
switch configfs
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
rbd: fix cleanup when trying to mount inexistent image
net/ceph: make ceph_msgr_wq non-reentrant
ceph: fsc->*_wq's aren't used in memory reclaim path
ceph: Always free allocated memory in osdmap_decode()
ceph: Makefile: Remove unnessary code
ceph: associate requests with opening sessions
ceph: drop redundant r_mds field
ceph: implement DIRLAYOUTHASH feature to get dir layout from MDS
ceph: add dir_layout to inode
This patch fixes a loop in ctnetlink_get_conntrack() that can be
triggered if you use the same socket to receive events and to
perform a GET operation. Under heavy load, netlink_unicast()
may return -EAGAIN, this error code is reserved in nfnetlink for
the module load-on-demand. Instead, we return -ENOBUFS which is
the appropriate error code that has to be propagated to
user-space.
Reported-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To avoid adding a new match revision icmp type/code are stored
in the sport/dport area.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Reviewed-by: Bart De Schuymer<bdschuym@pandora.be>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
One iptables invocation with 135000 rules takes 35 seconds of cpu time
on a recent server, using a 32bit distro and a 64bit kernel.
We eventually trigger NMI/RCU watchdog.
INFO: rcu_sched_state detected stall on CPU 3 (t=6000 jiffies)
COMPAT mode has quadratic behavior and consume 16 bytes of memory per
rule.
Switch the xt_compat algos to use an array instead of list, and use a
binary search to locate an offset in the sorted array.
This halves memory need (8 bytes per rule), and removes quadratic
behavior [ O(N*N) -> O(N*log2(N)) ]
Time of iptables goes from 35 s to 150 ms.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a new revision 3 that contains port ranges for all of origsrc,
origdst, replsrc and repldst. The high ports are appended to the
original v2 data structure to allow sharing most of the code with
v1 and v2. Use of the revision specific port matching function is
made dependant on par->match->revision.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fix new kernel-doc warning (copy-paste typo):
Warning(net/ethernet/eth.c:366): No description found for parameter 'rxqs'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux IPv6 forwards unicast packets, which are link layer multicasts...
The hole was present since day one. I was 100% this check is there, but it is not.
The problem shows itself, f.e. when Microsoft Network Load Balancer runs on a network.
This software resolves IPv6 unicast addresses to multicast MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
all init_net removed, (except for some alloc related
that needs to be there)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
init_net removed in __ip_vs_addr_is_local_v6, and got net as param.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Last two global vars to be moved,
ip_vs_ftpsvc_counter and ip_vs_nullsvc_counter.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
trash list per namspace,
and reordering of some params in dst struct.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch makes defense work timer per name-space,
A net ptr had to be added to the ipvs struct,
since it's needed by defense_work_handler.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Moving global vars to ipvs struct, except for svc table lock.
Next patch for ctl will be drop-rate handling.
*v3
__ip_vs_mutex remains global
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled(struct netns_ipvs *ipvs)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Connection hash table is now name space aware.
i.e. net ptr >> 8 is xor:ed to the hash,
and this is the first param to be compared.
The net struct is 0xa40 in size ( a little bit smaller for 32 bit arch:s)
and cache-line aligned, so a ptr >> 5 might be a more clever solution ?
All lookups where net is compared uses net_eq() which returns 1 when netns
is disabled, and the compiler seems to do something clever in that case.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param() have *net as first param now.
Three new inlines added to keep conn struct smaller
when names space is disabled.
- ip_vs_conn_net()
- ip_vs_conn_net_set()
- ip_vs_conn_net_eq()
*v3
moved net compare to the end in "fast path"
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The statistic counter locks for every packet are now removed,
and that statistic is now per CPU, i.e. no locks needed.
However summing is made in ip_vs_est into ip_vs_stats struct
which is moved to ipvs struc.
procfs, ip_vs_stats now have a "per cpu" count and a grand total.
A new function seq_file_single_net() in ip_vs.h created for handling of
single_open_net() since it does not place net ptr in a struct, like others.
/var/lib/lxc # cat /proc/net/ip_vs_stats_percpu
Total Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing
CPU Conns Packets Packets Bytes Bytes
0 0 3 1 9D 34
1 0 1 2 49 70
2 0 1 2 34 76
3 1 2 2 70 74
~ 1 7 7 18A 18E
Conns/s Pkts/s Pkts/s Bytes/s Bytes/s
0 0 0 0 0
*v3
ip_vs_stats reamains as before, instead ip_vs_stats_percpu is added.
u64 seq lock added
*v4
Bug correction inbytes and outbytes as own vars..
per_cpu counter for all stats now as suggested by Julian.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All global variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in sync_buf create + 4 replaced by sizeof(struct..)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
*v3
timer per ns instead of a common timer in estimator.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in ip_vs_protocol param struct net *net added to:
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
This affected almost all proto_xxx.c files
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
appcnt and timeout_table moved from struct ip_vs_protocol to
ip_vs proto_data.
struct net *net added as first param to
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
- app_conn_bind()
- ip_vs_conn_new()
[horms@verge.net.au: removed cosmetic-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_protocol *pp is replaced by ip_vs_proto_data *pd in
function call in ip_vs_protocol struct i.e. :,
- timeout_change()
- state_transition()
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() got ipvs as param, due to above
and a upcoming patch - defence work
Most of this changes are triggered by Julians comment:
"tcp_timeout_change should work with the new struct ip_vs_proto_data
so that tcp_state_table will go to pd->state_table
and set_tcp_state will get pd instead of pp"
*v3
Mostly comments from Julian
The pp -> pd conversion should start from functions like
ip_vs_out() that use pp = ip_vs_proto_get(iph.protocol),
now they should use ip_vs_proto_data_get(net, iph.protocol).
conn_in_get() and conn_out_get() unused param *pp, removed.
*v4
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() walk the proto_data path.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that common for all protos.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unuset function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use all
ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function as sugested by Simon
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for protocol data per name-space.
in struct ip_vs_protocol, appcnt will be removed when all protos
are modified for network name-space.
This patch causes warnings of unused functions, they will be used
when next patch will be applied.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblc_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblc_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblcr_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblcr_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Services hash tables got netns ptr a hash arg,
While Real Servers (rs) has been moved to ipvs struct.
Two new inline functions added to get net ptr from skb.
Since ip_vs is called from different contexts there is two
places to dig for the net ptr skb->dev or skb->sk
this is handled in skb_net() and skb_sknet()
Global functions, ip_vs_service_get() ip_vs_lookup_real_service()
etc have got struct net *net as first param.
If possible get net ptr skb etc,
- if not &init_net is used at this early stage of patching.
ip_vs_ctl.c procfs not ready for netns yet.
*v3
Comments by Julian
- __ip_vs_service_find and __ip_vs_svc_fwm_find are fast path,
net_eq(svc->net, net) so the check is at the end now.
- net = skb_net(skb) in ip_vs_out moved after check for skb_dst.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Preparation for network name-space init, in this stage
some empty functions exists.
In most files there is a check if it is root ns i.e. init_net
if (!net_eq(net, &init_net))
return ...
this will be removed by the last patch, when enabling name-space.
*v3
ip_vs_conn.c merge error corrected.
net_ipvs #ifdef removed as sugested by Jan Engelhardt
[ horms@verge.net.au: Removed whitespace-change-only hunks ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ceph messenger code does a rather complex dancing around multithread
workqueue to make sure the same work item isn't executed concurrently
on different CPUs. This restriction can be provided by workqueue with
WQ_NON_REENTRANT.
Make ceph_msgr_wq non-reentrant workqueue with the default concurrency
level and remove the QUEUED/BUSY logic.
* This removes backoff handling in con_work() but it couldn't reliably
block execution of con_work() to begin with - queue_con() can be
called after the work started but before BUSY is set. It seems that
it was an optimization for a rather cold path and can be safely
removed.
* The number of concurrent work items is bound by the number of
connections and connetions are independent from each other. With
the default concurrency level, different connections will be
executed independently.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Cc: ceph-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Add a ceph_dir_layout to the inode, and calculate dentry hash values based
on the parent directory's specified dir_hash function. This is needed
because the old default Linux dcache hash function is extremely week and
leads to a poor distribution of files among dir fragments.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit fe10ae5338 adds a memset() to clear
the structure being sent back to userspace, but accidentally used the
wrong size.
Reported-by: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <kees.cook@canonical.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (67 commits)
cxgb4vf: recover from failure in cxgb4vf_open()
netfilter: ebtables: make broute table work again
netfilter: fix race in conntrack between dump_table and destroy
ah: reload pointers to skb data after calling skb_cow_data()
ah: update maximum truncated ICV length
xfrm: check trunc_len in XFRMA_ALG_AUTH_TRUNC
ehea: Increase the skb array usage
net/fec: remove config FEC2 as it's used nowhere
pcnet_cs: add new_id
tcp: disallow bind() to reuse addr/port
net/r8169: Update the function of parsing firmware
net: ppp: use {get,put}_unaligned_be{16,32}
CAIF: Fix IPv6 support in receive path for GPRS/3G
arp: allow to invalidate specific ARP entries
net_sched: factorize qdisc stats handling
mlx4: Call alloc_etherdev to allocate RX and TX queues
net: Add alloc_netdev_mqs function
caif: don't set connection request param size before copying data
cxgb4vf: fix mailbox data/control coherency domain race
qlcnic: change module parameter permissions
...
* 'nfs-for-2.6.38' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (89 commits)
NFS fix the setting of exchange id flag
NFS: Don't use vm_map_ram() in readdir
NFSv4: Ensure continued open and lockowner name uniqueness
NFS: Move cl_delegations to the nfs_server struct
NFS: Introduce nfs_detach_delegations()
NFS: Move cl_state_owners and related fields to the nfs_server struct
NFS: Allow walking nfs_client.cl_superblocks list outside client.c
pnfs: layout roc code
pnfs: update nfs4_callback_recallany to handle layouts
pnfs: add CB_LAYOUTRECALL handling
pnfs: CB_LAYOUTRECALL xdr code
pnfs: change lo refcounting to atomic_t
pnfs: check that partial LAYOUTGET return is ignored
pnfs: add layout to client list before sending rpc
pnfs: serialize LAYOUTGET(openstateid)
pnfs: layoutget rpc code cleanup
pnfs: change how lsegs are removed from layout list
pnfs: change layout state seqlock to a spinlock
pnfs: add prefix to struct pnfs_layout_hdr fields
pnfs: add prefix to struct pnfs_layout_segment fields
...
The netlink interface to dump the connection tracking table has a race
when entries are deleted at the same time. A customer reported a crash
and the backtrace showed thatctnetlink_dump_table was running while a
conntrack entry was being destroyed.
(see https://bugzilla.vyatta.com/show_bug.cgi?id=6402).
According to RCU documentation, when using hlist_nulls the reader
must handle the case of seeing a deleted entry and not proceed
further down the linked list. The old code would continue
which caused the scan to walk into the free list.
This patch uses locking (rather than RCU) for this operation which
is guaranteed safe, and no longer requires getting reference while
doing dump operation.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb_cow_data() may allocate a new data buffer, so pointers on
skb should be set after this function.
Bug was introduced by commit dff3bb06 ("ah4: convert to ahash")
and 8631e9bd ("ah6: convert to ahash").
Signed-off-by: Wang Xuefu <xuefu.wang@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Krzysztof Witek <krzysztof.witek@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maximum trunc length is defined by MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN (in bytes)
and need to be checked when this value is set (in bits) by
the user. In ah4.c and ah6.c a BUG_ON() checks this condiftion.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_csk_bind_conflict() logic currently disallows a bind() if
it finds a friend socket (a socket bound on same address/port)
satisfying a set of conditions :
1) Current (to be bound) socket doesnt have sk_reuse set
OR
2) other socket doesnt have sk_reuse set
OR
3) other socket is in LISTEN state
We should add the CLOSE state in the 3) condition, in order to avoid two
REUSEADDR sockets in CLOSE state with same local address/port, since
this can deny further operations.
Note : a prior patch tried to address the problem in a different (and
buggy) way. (commit fda48a0d7a tcp: bind() fix when many ports
are bound).
Reported-by: Gaspar Chilingarov <gasparch@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Daniel Baluta <daniel.baluta@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Baluta <daniel.baluta@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to reuse the xprt associated with a server connection if
one has already been set up.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Multiple backchannels can share the same tcp connection; from rfc 5661 section
2.10.3.1:
A connection's association with a session is not exclusive. A
connection associated with the channel(s) of one session may be
simultaneously associated with the channel(s) of other sessions
including sessions associated with other client IDs.
However, multiple backchannels share a connection, they must all share
the same xid stream (hence the same rpc_xprt); the only way we have to
match replies with calls at the rpc layer is using the xid.
So, keep the rpc_xprt around as long as the connection lasts, in case
we're asked to use the connection as a backchannel again.
Requests to create new backchannel clients over a given server
connection should results in creating new clients that reuse the
existing rpc_xprt.
But to start, just reject attempts to associate multiple rpc_xprt's with
the same underlying bc_xprt.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
This seems obviously transport-level information even if it's currently
used only by the server socket code.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Use proper data types for storing the count of the binary blob and
length of a string. Without this patch length calculation of string will
always result in -1 because of comparision between signed and unsigned
integer.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Checks version field of IP in the receive path for GPRS/3G data
and appropriately sets the value of skb->protocol.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 over firewire needs to be able to remove ARP entries
from the ARP cache that belong to nodes that are removed, because
IPv4 over firewire uses ARP packets for private information
about nodes.
This information becomes invalid as soon as node drops
off the bus and when it reconnects, its only possible
to start talking to it after it responded to an ARP packet.
But ARP cache prevents such packets from being sent.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB takes into account skb is segmented in stats updates.
Generalize this to all schedulers.
They should use qdisc_bstats_update() helper instead of manipulating
bstats.bytes and bstats.packets
Add bstats_update() helper too for classes that use
gnet_stats_basic_packed fields.
Note : Right now, TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS shortcurt can be taken only if no
stab is setup on qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added alloc_netdev_mqs function which allows the number of transmit and
receive queues to be specified independenty. alloc_netdev_mq was
changed to a macro to call the new function. Also added
alloc_etherdev_mqs with same purpose.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size field should not be set until after the data is successfully
copied in.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Rosenberg pointed out that there were some signed comparison bugs
in the phonet protocol.
http://marc.info/?l=full-disclosure&m=129424528425330&w=2
The problem is that we check for array overflows but "protocol" is
signed and we don't check for array underflows. If you have already
have CAP_SYS_ADMIN then you could use the bugs to get root, or someone
could cause an oops by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vm_map_ram() is not available on NOMMU platforms, and causes trouble
on incoherrent architectures such as ARM when we access the page data
through both the direct and the virtual mapping.
The alternative is to use the direct mapping to access page data
for the case when we are not crossing a page boundary, but to copy
the data into a linear scratch buffer when we are accessing data
that spans page boundaries.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Tested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.37]
Using "iptables -L" with a lot of rules have a too big BH latency.
Jesper mentioned ~6 ms and worried of frame drops.
Switch to a per_cpu seqlock scheme, so that taking a snapshot of
counters doesnt need to block BH (for this cpu, but also other cpus).
This adds two increments on seqlock sequence per ipt_do_table() call,
its a reasonable cost for allowing "iptables -L" not block BH
processing.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In order to compute the features for other offloads (primarily
scatter/gather), we need to first check the ability of the NIC to
offload the checksum for the packet. Since we have already computed
this, we can directly use the result instead of figuring it out
again.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switches skb_need_linearize() to use the features that have
been centrally computed. In doing so, this fixes a problem where
scatter/gather should not be used because the card does not support
checksum offloading on that type of packet. On device registration
we only check that some form of checksum offloading is available if
scatter/gatther is enabled but we must also check at transmission
time. Examples of this include IPv6 or vlan packets on a NIC that
only supports IPv4 offloading.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switches dev_gso_segment() to use the device features computed
by the centralized routine. In doing so, it fixes a problem where
it would always use dev->features, instead of those appropriate
to the number of vlan tags if any are present.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is a single function that can compute the device
features relevant to a packet, we don't want to run it for each
offload. This converts netif_needs_gso() to take the features
of the device, rather than computing them itself.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_get_vlan_features() is currently only used by netif_needs_gso(),
so it only concerns itself with GSO features. However, several other
places also should take into account the contents of the packet when
deciding whether to offload to hardware. This generalizes the function
to return features about all of the various forms of offloading. Since
offloads tend to be linked together, this avoids duplicating the logic
in each location (i.e. the scatter/gather code also needs the checksum
logic).
Suggested-by: Michał Mirosław <mirqus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently only have software fallback for one type of checksum: the
TCP/UDP one's complement. This means that a protocol that uses hardware
offloading for a different type of checksum (FCoE, SCTP) must directly
check the device's features and do the right thing ahead of time. By
the time we get to dev_can_checksum(), we're only deciding whether to
apply the one algorithm in software or hardware. NETIF_F_HW_CSUM has the
same capabilities as the software version, so we should always use it if
present. The primary advantage of this is multiply tagged vlans can use
hardware checksumming.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix new kernel-doc notation warning in net/core/filter.c:
Warning(net/core/filter.c:172): No description found for parameter 'fentry'
Warning(net/core/filter.c:172): Excess function parameter 'filter' description in 'sk_run_filter'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to NLM_F_DUMP is composed of two bits, NLM_F_ROOT | NLM_F_MATCH,
when doing "if (x & NLM_F_DUMP)", it tests for _either_ of the bits
being set. Because NLM_F_MATCH's value overlaps with NLM_F_EXCL,
non-dump requests with NLM_F_EXCL set are mistaken as dump requests.
Substitute the condition to test for _all_ bits being set.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.38' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/wq: (33 commits)
usb: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
speedtch: don't abuse struct delayed_work
media/video: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
media/video: explicitly flush request_module work
ioc4: use static work_struct for ioc4_load_modules()
init: don't call flush_scheduled_work() from do_initcalls()
s390: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
rtc: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
mmc: update workqueue usages
mfd: update workqueue usages
dvb: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
leds-wm8350: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
mISDN: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
macintosh/ams: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
vmwgfx: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
tpm: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
sonypi: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
hvsi: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
xen: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
gdrom: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
...
Fixed up trivial conflict in drivers/media/video/bt8xx/bttv-input.c
as per Tejun.
The 'seq_window' sysctl sets the initial value for the DCCP Sequence Window,
which may range from 32..2^46-1 (RFC 4340, 7.5.2). The patch sets the upper
bound consistently to 2^32-1 on both 32 and 64 bit systems, which should be
sufficient - with a RTT of 1sec and 1-byte packets, a seq_window of 2^32-1
corresponds to a link speed of 34 Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Currently dccp_check_seqno allows any valid packet to update the Greatest
Sequence Number Received, even if that packet's sequence number is less than
the current GSR. This patch adds a check to make sure that the new packet's
sequence number is greater than GSR.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Jero <sj323707@ohio.edu>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Currently dccp_check_seqno returns 0 (indicating a valid packet) if the
acknowledgment number is out of bounds and the sync that RFC 4340 mandates at
this point is currently being rate-limited. This function should return -1,
indicating an invalid packet.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Jero <sj323707@ohio.edu>
Acked-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability.
We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup,
which often go to the same mount point.
The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made
scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that
was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs
that may have taken a reference count.
We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping
distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less
frequently.
- check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection
for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts).
- keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this
is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of
a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a
particular CPU which requires more locking).
- keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum
the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then,
keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references,
and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0.
This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root
and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is
a short reference.
This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted
subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running
in them.
This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a
per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock
and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger
and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash.
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Regardless of how much we possibly try to scale dcache, there is likely
always going to be some fundamental contention when adding or removing children
under the same parent. Pseudo filesystems do not seem need to have connected
dentries because by definition they are disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Reduce some branches and memory accesses in dcache lookup by adding dentry
flags to indicate common d_ops are set, rather than having to check them.
This saves a pointer memory access (dentry->d_op) in common path lookup
situations, and saves another pointer load and branch in cases where we
have d_op but not the particular operation.
Patched with:
git grep -E '[.>]([[:space:]])*d_op([[:space:]])*=' | xargs sed -e 's/\([^\t ]*\)->d_op = \(.*\);/d_set_d_op(\1, \2);/' -e 's/\([^\t ]*\)\.d_op = \(.*\);/d_set_d_op(\&\1, \2);/' -i
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Pseudo filesystems that don't put inode on RCU list or reachable by
rcu-walk dentries do not need to RCU free their inodes.
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
RCU free the struct inode. This will allow:
- Subsequent store-free path walking patch. The inode must be consulted for
permissions when walking, so an RCU inode reference is a must.
- sb_inode_list_lock to be moved inside i_lock because sb list walkers who want
to take i_lock no longer need to take sb_inode_list_lock to walk the list in
the first place. This will simplify and optimize locking.
- Could remove some nested trylock loops in dcache code
- Could potentially simplify things a bit in VM land. Do not need to take the
page lock to follow page->mapping.
The downsides of this is the performance cost of using RCU. In a simple
creat/unlink microbenchmark, performance drops by about 10% due to inability to
reuse cache-hot slab objects. As iterations increase and RCU freeing starts
kicking over, this increases to about 20%.
In cases where inode lifetimes are longer (ie. many inodes may be allocated
during the average life span of a single inode), a lot of this cache reuse is
not applicable, so the regression caused by this patch is smaller.
The cache-hot regression could largely be avoided by using SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU,
however this adds some complexity to list walking and store-free path walking,
so I prefer to implement this at a later date, if it is shown to be a win in
real situations. I haven't found a regression in any non-micro benchmark so I
doubt it will be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Change d_delete from a dentry deletion notification to a dentry caching
advise, more like ->drop_inode. Require it to be constant and idempotent,
and not take d_lock. This is how all existing filesystems use the callback
anyway.
This makes fine grained dentry locking of dput and dentry lru scanning
much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Differentiate from server backchannel
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The sessions based callback service is started prior to the CREATE_SESSION call
so that it can handle CB_NULL requests which can be sent before the
CREATE_SESSION call returns and the session ID is known.
Set the callback sessionid after a sucessful CREATE_SESSION.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Move the current sock create and destroy routines into the new transport ops.
Back channel socket will be destroyed by the svc_closs_all call in svc_destroy.
Added check: only TCP supported on shared back channel.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The NFSv4.1 shared back channel does not need to call svc_drop because the
callback service never outlives the single connection it services, and it
reuses it's buffers and keeps the trasport.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Since nf_bridge_maybe_copy_header() may change the length of skb,
we should check the length of skb after it to handle the ppoe skbs.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 1ae4de0cdf, the secctx was exported
via the /proc/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack and ctnetlink interfaces
instead of the secmark.
That patch introduced the use of security_secid_to_secctx() which may
return a non-zero value on error.
In one of my setups, I have NF_CONNTRACK_SECMARK enabled but no
security modules. Thus, security_secid_to_secctx() returns a negative
value that results in the breakage of the /proc and `conntrack -L'
outputs. To fix this, we skip the inclusion of secctx if the
aforementioned function fails.
This patch also fixes the dynamic netlink message size calculation
if security_secid_to_secctx() returns an error, since its logic is
also wrong.
This problem exists in Linux kernel >= 2.6.37.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since nf_ct_expect_dst_hash() may be called without nf_conntrack_lock
locked, nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd should be initialized in the atomic way.
In this patch, we use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd instead of
nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC3168 (The Addition of Explicit Congestion Notification to IP)
states :
5.3. Fragmentation
ECN-capable packets MAY have the DF (Don't Fragment) bit set.
Reassembly of a fragmented packet MUST NOT lose indications of
congestion. In other words, if any fragment of an IP packet to be
reassembled has the CE codepoint set, then one of two actions MUST be
taken:
* Set the CE codepoint on the reassembled packet. However, this
MUST NOT occur if any of the other fragments contributing to
this reassembly carries the Not-ECT codepoint.
* The packet is dropped, instead of being reassembled, for any
other reason.
This patch implements this requirement for IPv4, choosing the first
action :
If one fragment had NO-ECT codepoint
reassembled frame has NO-ECT
ElIf one fragment had CE codepoint
reassembled frame has CE
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original code has a use after free bug because it's not using the
_safe() version of the list_for_each_entry() macro.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a "goto nla_put_failure" hidden inside the NLA_PUT() macro, but
we're holding the dcb_lock so we need to unlock first.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leonardo Chiquitto found poll() could block forever on tcp sockets and
Urgent data was received, if the event flag only contains POLLPRI.
He did a bisection and found commit 4938d7e023 (poll: avoid extra
wakeups in select/poll) was the source of the problem.
Problem is TCP sockets use standard sock_def_readable() function for
their sk_data_ready() handler, and sock_def_readable() doesnt signal
POLLPRI.
Only TCP is affected by the problem. Adding POLLPRI to the list of flags
might trigger unnecessary schedules, but URGENT handling is such a
seldom used feature this seems a good compromise.
Thanks a lot to Leonardo for providing the bisection result and a test
program as well.
Reference : http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg151793.html
Reported-and-bisected-by: Leonardo Chiquitto <leonardo.lists@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unix_release() can asynchornously set socket->sk to NULL, and
it does so without holding the unix_state_lock() on "other"
during stream connects.
However, the reverse mapping, sk->sk_socket, is only transitioned
to NULL under the unix_state_lock().
Therefore make the security hooks follow the reverse mapping instead
of the forward mapping.
Reported-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 57dbb2d83d (sched: add head drop fifo queue)
introduced pfifo_head_drop, and broke the invariant that
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets are COUNTER (increasing
counters only)
This can break estimators because est_timer() handles unsigned deltas
only. A decreasing counter can then give a huge unsigned delta.
My mid term suggestion would be to change things so that
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets are incremented in dequeue()
only, not at enqueue() time. We also could add drop_bytes/drop_packets
and provide estimations of drop rates.
It would be more sensible anyway for very low speeds, and big bursts.
Right now, if we drop packets, they still are accounted in byte/packets
abolute counters and rate estimators.
Before this mid term change, this patch makes pfifo_head_drop behavior
similar to other qdiscs in case of drops :
Dont decrement sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somehow this snuck into my earlier patch, and
only now did I see a compiler warning:
net/mac80211/led.c:218:13: warning: function '__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger' with external linkage has definition
Remove the stray extern.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver has remain-on-channel offload,
implement off-channel transmission using that
primitive.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel
offload if they implement smarter timing or need
to use a device implementation like iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Up to now /proc/interrupts only has statistics for external and i/o
interrupts but doesn't split up them any further.
This patch adds a line for every single interrupt source so that it
is possible to easier tell what the machine is/was doing.
Part of the output now looks like this;
CPU0 CPU2 CPU4
EXT: 3898 4232 2305
I/O: 782 315 245
CLK: 1029 1964 727 [EXT] Clock Comparator
IPI: 2868 2267 1577 [EXT] Signal Processor
TMR: 0 0 0 [EXT] CPU Timer
TAL: 0 0 0 [EXT] Timing Alert
PFL: 0 0 0 [EXT] Pseudo Page Fault
[...]
NMI: 0 1 1 [NMI] Machine Checks
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Supposes cache_check runs simultaneously with an update on a different
CPU:
cache_check task doing update
^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1. test for CACHE_VALID 1'. set entry->data
& !CACHE_NEGATIVE
2. use entry->data 2'. set CACHE_VALID
If the two memory writes performed in step 1' and 2' appear misordered
with respect to the reads in step 1 and 2, then the caller could get
stale data at step 2 even though it saw CACHE_VALID set on the cache
entry.
Add memory barriers to prevent this.
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
We attempt to turn a cache entry negative in place. But that entry may
already have been filled in by some other task since we last checked
whether it was valid, so we could be modifying an already-valid entry.
If nothing else there's a likely leak in such a case when the entry is
eventually put() and contents are not freed because it has
CACHE_NEGATIVE set.
So, take the cache_lock just as sunrpc_cache_update() does.
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Currently we use -EAGAIN returns to determine when to drop a deferred
request. On its own, that is error-prone, as it makes us treat -EAGAIN
returns from other functions specially to prevent inadvertent dropping.
So, use a flag on the request instead.
Returning an error on request deferral is still required, to prevent
further processing, but we no longer need worry that an error return on
its own could result in a drop.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Commit d29068c431 "sunrpc: Simplify cache_defer_req and related
functions." asserted that cache_check() could determine success or
failure of cache_defer_req() by checking the CACHE_PENDING bit.
This isn't quite right.
We need to know whether cache_defer_req() created a deferred request,
in which case sending an rpc reply has become the responsibility of the
deferred request, and it is important that we not send our own reply,
resulting in two different replies to the same request.
And the CACHE_PENDING bit doesn't tell us that; we could have
succesfully created a deferred request at the same time as another
thread cleared the CACHE_PENDING bit.
So, partially revert that commit, to ensure that cache_check() returns
-EAGAIN if and only if a deferred request has been created.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
[bfields@redhat.com: moved svcauth_unix_purge outside ifdef's.]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Once a sunrpc cache entry is VALID, we should be replacing it (and
allowing any concurrent users to destroy it on last put) instead of
trying to update it in place.
Otherwise someone referencing the ip_map we're modifying here could try
to use the m_client just as we're putting the last reference.
The bug should only be seen by users of the legacy nfsd interfaces.
(Thanks to Neil for suggestion to use sunrpc_invalidate.)
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The key documentation is slightly out of date, fix
that. Also, the list entry in the key struct is no
longer used that way, so list_del_init() isn't
necessary any more there.
Finally, ieee80211_key_link() is no longer invoked
under RCU read lock, but rather with an appropriate
station lock held.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts enables the reorder release timer once again.
The issues laid out in:
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
Have been addressed by:
mac80211: serialize rx path workers
mac80211: ignore PSM bit of reordered frames
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch addresses the issue of serialization between
the main rx path and various reorder release timers.
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
It converts the previously local "frames" queue into
a global rx queue [rx_skb_queue]. This way, everyone
(be it the main rx-path or some reorder release timeout)
can add frames to it.
Only one active rx handler worker [ieee80211_rx_handlers]
is needed. All other threads which have lost the race of
"runnning_rx_handler" can now simply "return", knowing that
the thread who had the "edge" will also take care of their
workload.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes the misplaced article in the following:
"cfg80211: Updating information on frequency 5785 MHz for
20 a MHz width channel with regulatory rule:"
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed a bug where if a mesh interface has a different MAC address from its bridge
interface, then it would not be able to send data traffic to any other mesh node.
This also adds support for communication between mesh nodes and external bridged
nodes by using a 6 address format if the source is a node within the mesh and the
destination is an external node proxied by a mesh portal.
Signed-off-by: Joel A Fernandes <agnel.joel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch tackles one of the problems of my
reorder release timer patch from August.
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
=>
What if the reorder release triggers and ap_sta_ps_end
(called by ieee80211_rx_h_sta_process) accidentally clears
the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag, because 100ms ago - when the STA
was still active - frames were put into the reorder buffer.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The preferred source address is currently ignored for local routes,
which results in all local connections having a src address that is the
same as the local dst address. Fix this by respecting the preferred source
address when it is provided for local routes.
This bug can be demonstrated as follows:
# ifconfig dummy0 192.168.0.1
# ip route show table local | grep local.*dummy0
local 192.168.0.1 dev dummy0 proto kernel scope host src 192.168.0.1
# ip route change table local local 192.168.0.1 dev dummy0 \
proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1
# ip route show table local | grep local.*dummy0
local 192.168.0.1 dev dummy0 proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1
We now establish a local connection and verify the source IP
address selection:
# nc -l 192.168.0.1 3128 &
# nc 192.168.0.1 3128 &
# netstat -ant | grep 192.168.0.1:3128.*EST
tcp 0 0 192.168.0.1:3128 192.168.0.1:33228 ESTABLISHED
tcp 0 0 192.168.0.1:33228 192.168.0.1:3128 ESTABLISHED
Signed-off-by: Joel Sing <jsing@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit ad0e2b5a00
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Tue Jun 1 10:19:19 2010 +0200
mac80211: simplify key locking
removed the synchronization against RCU and thus
opened a race window where we can use a key for
TX while it is already freed. Put a synchronisation
into the right place to close that window.
Reported-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.36+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit b51aff057c said:
Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code
may helpfully print a message that it failed
to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed
to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that.
Avoid the reference whenever the frame copy is unsuccessful
regardless of the debug message being suppressed or printed.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+]
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/bridge//br_stp_if.c:148:66: warning: conversion of
net/bridge//br_stp_if.c:148:66: int to
net/bridge//br_stp_if.c:148:66: int enum umh_wait
net/bridge//netfilter/ebtables.c:1150:30: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide child qdisc backlog (byte count) information so that "tc -s
qdisc" can report it to user.
packet count is already correctly provided.
qdisc red 11: parent 1:11 limit 60Kb min 15Kb max 45Kb ecn
Sent 3116427684 bytes 1415782 pkt (dropped 8, overlimits 7866 requeues 0)
rate 242385Kbit 13630pps backlog 13560b 8p requeues 0
marked 7865 early 1 pdrop 7 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More accurate return values for the following (new) dcbnl routines:
dcbnl_getdcbx()
dcbnl_setdcbx()
dcbnl_getfeatcfg()
dcbnl_setfeatcfg()
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit bf9ae5386b
(llc: use dev_hard_header) removed the
skb_reset_mac_header call from llc_mac_hdr_init.
This seems fine itself, but br_send_bpdu() invokes ebtables LOCAL_OUT.
We oops in ebt_basic_match() because it assumes eth_hdr(skb) returns
a meaningful result.
Cc: acme@ghostprotocols.net
References: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24532
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tipc/dbg.h file was recently renamed to tipc/log.h,
but the re-include define was not updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate the presence of unnecessary
use of {} around single statements.
These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC
in any way.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate the needless initialization
of static variables to zero.
These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC
in any way.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate assigning values to variables
within conditional expressions, improving code readability and reducing
warnings from various code checker tools.
These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC
in any way.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate deviations from generally
accepted coding conventions relating to leading/trailing white space
and white space around commas, braces, cases, and sizeof.
These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC
in any way.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing code for the copy to user and error handling at the
end of getsockopt isn't easy to follow, due to the excessive use
of if/else. By simply using return where appropriate, it can be
made smaller and easier to follow at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is acceptable to call kfree() with NULL, so these checks are not
serving any useful purpose.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates a number of #include statements that no longer serve any
useful purpose.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Completes the simplification of TIPC's debugging capabilities. By default
TIPC includes no debugging code, and any debugging code added by developers
that calls the dbg() and dbg_macros() is compiled out. If debugging support
is enabled, TIPC prints out some additional data about its internal state
when certain abnormal conditions occur, and any developer-added calls to the
TIPC debug macros are compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates most link-specific debugging code in TIPC, which is now
largely unnecessary. All calls to the link-specific debugging macros
have been removed, as are the macros themselves; in addition, the optional
allocation of print buffers to hold debugging information for each link
endpoint has been removed. The ability for TIPC to print out helpful
diagnostic information when link retransmit failures occur has been
retained for the time being, as an aid in tracking down the cause of
such failures.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates calls to two debugging macros that are being completely obsoleted,
as well as any associated debugging routines that are no longer required.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates obsolete calls to two of TIPC's main debugging macros, as well
as a pair of associated debugging routines that are no longer required.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the first step in removing obsolete debugging code from TIPC the
files that implement TIPC's non-debug-related log buffer subsystem
are renamed to better reflect their true nature.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates a sorted list TIPC uses to keep track of the neighboring
nodes it has links to, since this duplicates information already present
in the internal array of node object pointers.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that make up TIPC's
user registry. The user registry is no longer needed since the native
API routines that utilized it no longer exist and there are no longer
any internal TIPC services that use it.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplifies TIPC's network topology service so that it no longer registers
its ports with the user registry, since the service doesn't take advantage
of any of the registry's capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplifies TIPC's configuration service so that it no longer registers
its port with the user registry, since the service doesn't take advantage
of any of the registry's capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended
to allow TIPC to support a network containing multiple clusters.
Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster
within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates routines and data structures that were intended to allow
TIPC to route messages to other clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only
networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this
code is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplifies routines and data structures that were intended to allow
TIPC to support slave nodes (i.e. nodes that did not have links to
all of the other nodes in its cluster, forcing TIPC to route messages
that it could not deliver directly through a non-slave node).
Currently, TIPC supports only networks containing non-slave nodes,
so this code is unnecessary.
Note: The latest edition of the TIPC 2.0 Specification has eliminated
the concept of slave nodes entirely.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended
to allows TIPC to support a network containing multiple zones.
Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster
within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
slot_dequeue_head() should make sure slot skb chain is correct in both
ways, or we can crash if all possible flows are in use.
Jarek pointed out slot_queue_init() can now be done in sfq_init() once,
instead each time a flow is setup.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFQ is currently 'limited' to small packets, because it uses a 15bit
allotment number per flow. Introduce a scale by 8, so that we can handle
full size TSO/GRO packets.
Use appropriate handling to make sure allot is positive before a new
packet is dequeued, so that fairness is respected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the socket address is just being used as a unique identifier, its
inode number is an alternative that does not leak potentially sensitive
information.
CC-ing stable because MITRE has assigned CVE-2010-4565 to the issue.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of small cleanups for patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation
flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX
The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature
to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the
features is enabled after the negotiation.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for
setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of
supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a
subset of the advertised attributes.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DCBx applications priorities can be changed dynamically. If
application stacks are expected to keep the skb priority
consistent with the dcbx priority the stack will need to
be notified when these changes occur.
This patch adds application notifiers for the stack to register
with.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks
may use the application priority to set the skb priority of
their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority.
This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the
stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers
can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is
needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The
standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE
version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning
in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards.
Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping
between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested
IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy
is,
[DCB_ATTR_IFNAME]
[DCB_ATTR_STATE]
...
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP]
...
The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle
the IEEE standard,
int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (42 commits)
ipv4: dont create routes on down devices
epic100: hamachi: yellowfin: Fix skb allocation size
sundance: Fix oopses with corrupted skb_shared_info
Revert "ipv4: Allow configuring subnets as local addresses"
USB: mcs7830: return negative if auto negotiate fails
irda: prevent integer underflow in IRLMP_ENUMDEVICES
tcp: fix listening_get_next()
atl1c: Do not use legacy PCI power management
mac80211: fix mesh forwarding
MAINTAINERS: email address change
net: Fix range checks in tcf_valid_offset().
net_sched: sch_sfq: fix allot handling
hostap: remove netif_stop_queue from init
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
typhoon: memory corruption in typhoon_get_drvinfo()
net: Add USB PID for new MOSCHIP USB ethernet controller MCS7832 variant
net_sched: always clone skbs
ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets as needed.
netlink: fix gcc -Wconversion compilation warning
asix: add USB ID for Logitec LAN-GTJ U2A
...
In ip_route_output_slow(), instead of allowing a route to be created on
a not UPed device, report -ENETUNREACH immediately.
# ip tunnel add mode ipip remote 10.16.0.164 local
10.16.0.72 dev eth0
# (Note : tunl1 is down)
# ping -I tunl1 10.1.2.3
PING 10.1.2.3 (10.1.2.3) from 192.168.18.5 tunl1: 56(84) bytes of data.
(nothing)
# ./a.out tunl1
# ip tunnel del tunl1
Message from syslogd@shelby at Dec 22 10:12:08 ...
kernel: unregister_netdevice: waiting for tunl1 to become free.
Usage count = 3
After patch:
# ping -I tunl1 10.1.2.3
connect: Network is unreachable
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flush_scheduled_work() is deprecated and scheduled to be removed.
Directly flush dst->link_poll_work on remove instead.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
This reverts commit 4465b46900.
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
As reported by Ben Greear, this causes regressions:
> Change 4465b46900 caused rules
> to stop matching the input device properly because the
> FLOWI_FLAG_MATCH_ANY_IIF is always defined in ip_dev_find().
>
> This breaks rules such as:
>
> ip rule add pref 512 lookup local
> ip rule del pref 0 lookup local
> ip link set eth2 up
> ip -4 addr add 172.16.0.102/24 broadcast 172.16.0.255 dev eth2
> ip rule add to 172.16.0.102 iif eth2 lookup local pref 10
> ip rule add iif eth2 lookup 10001 pref 20
> ip route add 172.16.0.0/24 dev eth2 table 10001
> ip route add unreachable 0/0 table 10001
>
> If you had a second interface 'eth0' that was on a different
> subnet, pinging a system on that interface would fail:
>
> [root@ct503-60 ~]# ping 192.168.100.1
> connect: Invalid argument
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the user-provided len is less than the expected offset, the
IRLMP_ENUMDEVICES getsockopt will do a copy_to_user() with a very large
size value. While this isn't be a security issue on x86 because it will
get caught by the access_ok() check, it may leak large amounts of kernel
heap on other architectures. In any event, this patch fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86bcebafc5 ("tcp: fix >2 iw selection") fixed a case
when congestion window initialization has been mistakenly omitted
by introducing cwnd label and putting backwards goto from the
end of the function.
This makes the code unnecessarily tricky to read and understand
on a first sight.
Shuffle the code around a little bit to make it more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexey Vlasov found /proc/net/tcp could sometime loop and display
millions of sockets in LISTEN state.
In 2.6.29, when we converted TCP hash tables to RCU, we left two
sk_next() calls in listening_get_next().
We must instead use sk_nulls_next() to properly detect an end of chain.
Reported-by: Alexey Vlasov <renton@renton.name>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initialization function used by hci_open_dev (hci_init_req) sends
many different HCI commands. The __hci_request function should only
return when all of these commands have completed (or a timeout occurs).
Several of these commands cause hci_req_complete to be called which
causes __hci_request to return prematurely.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a new hdev->req_last_cmd variable
which is set during the initialization procedure. The hci_req_complete
function will no longer mark the request as complete until the command
matching hdev->req_last_cmd completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds Bluetooth Management interface events for controller
addition and removal. The events correspond to the existing HCI_DEV_REG
and HCI_DEV_UNREG stack internal events.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_info command which is used to fetch basic
info about an adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_index_list command through which
userspace can get a list of current adapter indices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the initial read_version command that userspace
will use before any other management interface operations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The command handlers for bluetooth management messaging should be able
to report errors (such as memory allocation failures) to the higher
levels in the call stack.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There's a redundant rcu_read_lock/unlock pair, a
redundant variable, and a few redundant accesses
to the 1d_to_ac array. Fix this to make the code
neater and easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sfq_walk() runs without qdisc lock. By the time it selects a non empty
hash slot and sfq_dump_class_stats() is run (with lock held), slot might
have been freed : We then access q->slots[SFQ_EMPTY_SLOT], out of
bounds, and crash in slot_queue_walk()
On previous kernels, bug is here but out of bounds qs[SFQ_DEPTH] and
allot[SFQ_DEPTH] are located in struct sfq_sched_data, so no illegal
memory access happens, only possibly wrong data reported to user.
Also, slot_dequeue_tail() should make sure slot skb chain is correctly
terminated, or sfq_dump_class_stats() can access freed skbs.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS is not set, ieee80211_i.h was failing to compile,
because struct led_trigger is only declared when CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS is
set.
This patch adds ifdefs around the tpt_led_trigger declaration in
ieee80211_i.h to avoid the problem.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The throughput LED trigger was always active when
the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely
the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to
be only active when one of the virtual interfaces
is actually "connected" in some way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The throughput trigger will require doing LED
classdev/trigger handling before register_hw(),
so drivers should have access to the trigger
names before it. If trigger registration fails,
this will still make the trigger name available,
but that's not a big problem since the default
trigger will the simply not be found.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code
may helpfully print a message that it failed
to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed
to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
arch/arm/mach-omap2/pm24xx.c
drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_fcpim.c
Needed to update to apply fixes for which the old branch was too
outdated.
We can translate pseudo load instructions at filter check time to
dedicated instructions to speed up filtering and avoid one switch().
libpcap currently uses SKF_AD_PROTOCOL, but custom filters probably use
other ancillary accesses.
Note : I made the assertion that ancillary data was always accessed with
BPF_LD|BPF_?|BPF_ABS instructions, not with BPF_LD|BPF_?|BPF_IND ones
(offset given by K constant, not by K + X register)
On x86_64, this saves a few bytes of text :
# size net/core/filter.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
4864 0 0 4864 1300 net/core/filter.o.new
4944 0 0 4944 1350 net/core/filter.o.old
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Le vendredi 17 décembre 2010 à 10:26 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
>
> I think we can add this after latest Changli patch :
>
> He does one skb_clone() before calling the sniffers.
> We could set timestamp on this clone, instead of original skb.
>
> Problem solved.
>
[PATCH net-next-2.6] net: timestamp cloned packet in dev_queue_xmit_nit
Now we do one clone of skb if at least one sniffer might take packet,
we also can do the skb timestamping on the clone and let original packet
unchanged.
This is a generalization of commit 8caf153974 (net: sch_netem: Fix an
inconsistency in ingress netem timestamps.)
This way, we can have a good idea when packets are delivered to our
stack (tcpdump -i ifb0), while a tcpdump on original device gives
timestamps right before ingressing.
This also speedup our stack, avoiding taking timestamps if not needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the default initial receive window to 10 mss
(defined constant). The default window is limited to the maximum
of 10*1460 and 2*mss (when mss > 1460).
draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd-00 is a proposal to the IETF that recommends
increasing TCP's initial congestion window to 10 mss or about 15KB.
Leading up to this proposal were several large-scale live Internet
experiments with an initial congestion window of 10 mss (IW10), where
we showed that the average latency of HTTP responses improved by
approximately 10%. This was accompanied by a slight increase in
retransmission rate (0.5%), most of which is coming from applications
opening multiple simultaneous connections. To understand the extreme
worst case scenarios, and fairness issues (IW10 versus IW3), we further
conducted controlled testbed experiments. We came away finding minimal
negative impact even under low link bandwidths (dial-ups) and small
buffers. These results are extremely encouraging to adopting IW10.
However, an initial congestion window of 10 mss is useless unless a TCP
receiver advertises an initial receive window of at least 10 mss.
Fortunately, in the large-scale Internet experiments we found that most
widely used operating systems advertised large initial receive windows
of 64KB, allowing us to experiment with a wide range of initial
congestion windows. Linux systems were among the few exceptions that
advertised a small receive window of 6KB. The purpose of this patch is
to fix this shortcoming.
References:
1. A comprehensive list of all IW10 references to date.
http://code.google.com/speed/protocols/tcpm-IW10.html
2. Paper describing results from large-scale Internet experiments with IW10.
http://ccr.sigcomm.org/drupal/?q=node/621
3. Controlled testbed experiments under worst case scenarios and a
fairness study.
http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/79/slides/tcpm-0.pdf
4. Raw test data from testbed experiments (Linux senders/receivers)
with initial congestion and receive windows of both 10 mss.
http://research.csc.ncsu.edu/netsrv/?q=content/iw10
5. Internet-Draft. Increasing TCP's Initial Window.
https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd/
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a respin of patch.
I'll send a short patch to make SFQ more fair in presence of large
packets as well.
Thanks
[PATCH v3 net-next-2.6] net_sched: sch_sfq: better struct layouts
This patch shrinks sizeof(struct sfq_sched_data)
from 0x14f8 (or more if spinlocks are bigger) to 0x1180 bytes, and
reduce text size as well.
text data bss dec hex filename
4821 152 0 4973 136d old/net/sched/sch_sfq.o
4627 136 0 4763 129b new/net/sched/sch_sfq.o
All data for a slot/flow is now grouped in a compact and cache friendly
structure, instead of being spreaded in many different points.
struct sfq_slot {
struct sk_buff *skblist_next;
struct sk_buff *skblist_prev;
sfq_index qlen; /* number of skbs in skblist */
sfq_index next; /* next slot in sfq chain */
struct sfq_head dep; /* anchor in dep[] chains */
unsigned short hash; /* hash value (index in ht[]) */
short allot; /* credit for this slot */
};
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
ceph: handle partial result from get_user_pages
ceph: mark user pages dirty on direct-io reads
ceph: fix null pointer dereference in ceph_init_dentry for nfs reexport
ceph: fix direct-io on non-page-aligned buffers
ceph: fix msgr_init error path
When deploying SFQ/IFB here at work, I found the allot management was
pretty wrong in sfq, even changing allot from short to int...
We should init allot for each new flow, not using a previous value found
in slot.
Before patch, I saw bursts of several packets per flow, apparently
denying the default "quantum 1514" limit I had on my SFQ class.
class sfq 11:1 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 7p requeues 0
allot 11546
class sfq 11:46 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 1p requeues 0
allot -23873
class sfq 11:78 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 5p requeues 0
allot 11393
After patch, better fairness among each flow, allot limit being
respected, allot is positive :
class sfq 11:e parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 86)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 86
allot 596
class sfq 11:94 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 0
allot 1468
class sfq 11:a4 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 4p requeues 0
allot 650
class sfq 11:bb parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 0
allot 596
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently return for each active SFQ slot the number of packets in
queue. We can also give number of bytes accounted for these packets.
tc -s class show dev ifb0
Before patch :
class sfq 11:3d9 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 0
allot 1266
After patch :
class sfq 11:3e4 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 4380b 3p requeues 0
allot 1212
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an skb is shared, it needs to be duplicated, along with its data buffer.
If the skb does not have enough headroom, using skb_copy might cause the data
buffer to be copied twice (once by skb_copy and once by pskb_expand_head).
Fix this by using skb_clone initially and letting ieee80211_skb_resize sort
out the rest.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the skb is not cloned and we don't need any extra headroom, there
is no point in reallocating the skb head.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The change 'mac80211: Fix BUG in pskb_expand_head when transmitting shared skbs'
added a check for copying the skb if it's shared, however the tx info variable
still points at the cb of the old skb
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The Mesh Control header only includes 0, 1 or 2 addresses. If there is
one address, it should be interpreted as Address 4. If there are 2,
they are interpreted as Addresses 5 and 6 (Address 4 being the 4th
address in the 802.11 header).
The address extension used to hold up to 3 addresses instead of the current 2.
I'm not sure which draft version changed this, but it is very unlikely that it
will change again given the state of the approval process of this draft. See
section 7.1.3.6.3 in current draft (8.0).
Also, note that the extra address that I'm removing was not being used, so this
change has no effect on over-the-air frame formats. But I thought I better
remove it before someone does start using it.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Export the information which antennas are available for configuration as TX or
RX antennas via nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100)
can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks
for RX and TX.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Let path selection frames for protocols other than HWMP be sent to
userspace via NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. Also allow userspace to send
and receive mesh path selection frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Flush the routing cache only of entries that match the
network namespace in which the purge event occurred.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
hna_local_fill_buffer must return the number of added hna entries and
not the last checked hash bucket.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove "pktgen: " prefix string from one pr_info.
pr_fmt adds it, so this is a duplicate.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In dev_queue_xmit_nit(), we have to clone skbs as we need to mangle skbs,
however, we don't need to clone skbs for all the packet_types.
Except for the first packet_type, we increase skb->users instead of
skb_clone().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies IPsec6 to fragment IPv6 packets that are
locally generated as needed.
This version of the patch only fragments in tunnel mode, so that fragment
headers will not be obscured by ESP in transport mode.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When device is being set to down, neigh_ifdown was being called
twice. Once from addrconf notifier and once from ndisc notifier.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove (unnecessary) casts to make code cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And remove unnecessary double semicolon too.
No effect to code, as test is != 0.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Currently svc_sock_names calls svc_close_xprt on a svc_sock to
which it does not own a reference.
As soon as svc_close_xprt sets XPT_CLOSE, the socket could be
freed by a separate thread (though this is a very unlikely race).
It is safer to hold a reference while calling svc_close_xprt.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The xpt_pool field is only used for reporting BUGs.
And it isn't used correctly.
In particular, when it is cleared in svc_xprt_received before
XPT_BUSY is cleared, there is no guarantee that either the
compiler or the CPU might not re-order to two assignments, just
setting xpt_pool to NULL after XPT_BUSY is cleared.
If a different cpu were running svc_xprt_enqueue at this moment,
it might see XPT_BUSY clear and then xpt_pool non-NULL, and
so BUG.
This could be fixed by calling
smp_mb__before_clear_bit()
before the clear_bit. However as xpt_pool isn't really used,
it seems safest to simply remove xpt_pool.
Another alternate would be to change the clear_bit to
clear_bit_unlock, and the test_and_set_bit to test_and_set_bit_lock.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The get_user_pages() helper can return fewer than the requested pages.
Error out in that case, and clean up the partial result.
Signed-off-by: Henry C Chang <henry_c_chang@tcloudcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
For read operation, we have to set the argument _write_ of get_user_pages
to 1 since we will write data to pages. Also, we need to SetPageDirty before
releasing these pages.
Signed-off-by: Henry C Chang <henry_c_chang@tcloudcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
When loopback device is being brought down, then keep the route table
entries because they are special. The entries in the local table for
linklocal routes and ::1 address should not be purged.
This is a sub optimal solution to the problem and should be replaced
by a better fix in future.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the sctp partial delivery point using SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_POINT
socket option should return 0 if success, not -ENOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace skb->csum_start - skb_headroom(skb) with skb_checksum_start_offset().
Note for usb/smsc95xx: skb->data - skb->head == skb_headroom(skb).
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a missing ntohs() for bridge IPv6 multicast snooping.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Special care is taken inside sk_port_alloc to avoid overwriting
skc_node/skc_nulls_node. We should also avoid overwriting
skc_bind_node/skc_portaddr_node.
The patch fixes the following crash:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffffffffffff0
IP: [<ffffffff812ec6dd>] udp4_lib_lookup2+0xad/0x370
[<ffffffff812ecc22>] __udp4_lib_lookup+0x282/0x360
[<ffffffff812ed63e>] __udp4_lib_rcv+0x31e/0x700
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ? ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812eda35>] udp_rcv+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812bb2cd>] ip_rcv_finish+0x32d/0x6f0
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] ? netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
[<ffffffff812bb94b>] ip_rcv+0x2bb/0x350
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
Signed-off-by: Leonard Crestez <lcrestez@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another
sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path.
$ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
$ ip link set dev dummy* up
$ time rmmod dummy
Without the patch With the patch
real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s
user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
B.A.T.M.A.N. (better approach to mobile ad-hoc networking) is a routing
protocol for multi-hop ad-hoc mesh networks. The networks may be wired or
wireless. See http://www.open-mesh.org/ for more information and user space
tools.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the calcualation of the Tx hash for a given hash range into a separate
function and define the skb_tx_hash(), which calculates a Tx hash for a
[0; dev->real_num_tx_queues - 1] hash values range, using this
function (__skb_tx_hash()).
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Zolotarov <vladz@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first big packets sent to a "low-MTU" client correctly
triggers the creation of a temporary route containing the reduced MTU.
But after the temporary route has expired, new ICMP6 "packet too big"
will be sent, rt6_pmtu_discovery will find the previous EXPIRED route
check that its mtu isn't bigger then in icmp packet and do nothing
before the temporary route will not deleted by gc.
I make the simple experiment:
while :; do
time ( dd if=/dev/zero bs=10K count=1 | ssh hostname dd of=/dev/null ) || break;
done
The "time" reports real 0m0.197s if a temporary route isn't expired, but
it reports real 0m52.837s (!!!!) immediately after a temporare route has
expired.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that all client-side XDR decoder routines use xdr_streams, there
should be no need to support the legacy calling sequence [rpc_rqst *,
__be32 *, RPC res *] anywhere. We can construct an xdr_stream in the
generic RPC code, instead of in each decoder function.
This is a refactoring change. It should not cause different behavior.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Now that all client-side XDR encoder routines use xdr_streams, there
should be no need to support the legacy calling sequence [rpc_rqst *,
__be32 *, RPC arg *] anywhere. We can construct an xdr_stream in the
generic RPC code, instead of in each encoder function.
Also, all the client-side encoder functions return 0 now, making a
return value superfluous. Take this opportunity to convert them to
return void instead.
This is a refactoring change. It should not cause different behavior.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up.
Just fixed a panic where the nrprocs field in a different upper layer
client was set by hand incorrectly. Use the compiler-generated method
used by the other upper layer protocols.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up.
The trend in the other XDR encoder functions is to BUG() when encoding
problems occur, since a problem here is always due to a local coding
error. Then, instead of a status, zero is unconditionally returned.
Update the rpcbind XDR encoders to behave this way.
To finish the update, use the new-style be32_to_cpup() and
cpu_to_be32() macros, and compute the buffer sizes using raw integers
instead of sizeof(). This matches the conventions used in other XDR
functions.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Commit 00d3f14c has removed the references of this macro,
but left it only. So remove this definition.
commit 00d3f14cf9
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:26:00 2009 +0100
mac80211: use cfg80211s BSS infrastructure
Remove all the code from mac80211 to keep track of BSSes
and use the cfg80211-provided code completely.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session
timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases
where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead.
The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cancel_rearming_delayed_work[queue]() has been superceded by
cancel_delayed_work_sync() quite some time ago. Convert all the
in-kernel users. The conversions are completely equivalent and
trivial.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <cbou@mail.ru>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Alex Elder <aelder@sgi.com>
Cc: xfs-masters@oss.sgi.com
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (75 commits)
pppoe.c: Fix kernel panic caused by __pppoe_xmit
WAN: Fix a TX IRQ causing BUG() in PC300 and PCI200SYN drivers.
bnx2x: Advance a version number to 1.60.01-0
bnx2x: Fixed a compilation warning
bnx2x: LSO code was broken on BE platforms
qlge: Fix deadlock when cancelling worker.
net: fix skb_defer_rx_timestamp()
cxgb4vf: Ingress Queue Entry Size needs to be 64 bytes
phy: add the IC+ IP1001 driver
atm: correct sysfs 'device' link creation and parent relationships
MAINTAINERS: remove me from tulip
SCTP: Fix SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR to accpet v4mapped address
enic: Bug Fix: Pass napi reference to the isr that services receive queue
ipv6: fix nl group when advertising a new link
connector: add module alias
net: Document the kernel_recvmsg() function
r8169: Fix runtime power management
hso: IP checksuming doesn't work on GE0301 option cards
xfrm: Fix xfrm_state_migrate leak
net: Convert netpoll blocking api in bonding driver to be a counter
...
Like RTAX_ADVMSS, make the default calculation go through a dst_ops
method rather than caching the computation in the routing cache
entries.
Now dst metrics are pretty much left as-is when new entries are
created, thus optimizing metric sharing becomes a real possibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all RTAX_ADVMSS metric accesses go through a new helper function,
dst_metric_advmss().
Leave the actual default metric as "zero" in the real metric slot,
and compute the actual default value dynamically via a new dst_ops
AF specific callback.
For stacked IPSEC routes, we use the advmss of the path which
preserves existing behavior.
Unlike ipv4/ipv6, DecNET ties the advmss to the mtu and thus updates
advmss on pmtu updates. This inconsistency in advmss handling
results in more raw metric accesses than I wish we ended up with.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When software crypto is used, mac80211 will
support IBSS RSN, it doesn't depend on the
driver in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The 802.11 spec states that the STA that generated the last Beacon frame shall
be the STA that response to a probe request. This is important for congestion
reduction when a probe request is received - only 1 node in an adhoc BSS
will transmit a response. While mac80211 drivers should provide the
tx_last_beacon function to report if they transmitted the last beacon many
do not. As an attempt to reduce probe response congestion default this
to 0 such that a node not implementing this capability does not contribute
to unnecessary congestion.
In a modern medium sized office environment I see upwards of 100 probe
requests per second received at a given node from various hardware/OS/drivers
doing zeroconf 'active probing' as opposed to passively listening for beacons.
With a modest 10-node adhoc network consisting of drivers that do not implement
this tx_last_beacon feature, I have seen this result in the simultaneous xmit
of probe responses accumulating to 500 probe responses per second because of
collisions which brings the adhoc network to its knees as well as causes
needless congestion.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for split default keys (unicast
and multicast) in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.
Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using the default key for "any key set" isn't
quite what we should do. It works, but with the
upcoming changes it makes life unnecessarily
complex, so do something better here and really
check for "any key".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a cached BSS struct is updated because a new beacon was received,
the code replaces the cached information elements by the IEs from the
new beacon. However it did not update the pub.information_elements
and pub.len_information_elements fields leaving them either pointing
to the old beacon IEs or in an inconsistent state where the data is
replaced by the new beacon IEs but len_information_elements still has
its value from the first beacon.
Fix this by updating the information elements fields if they are
pointing to beacon IEs.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for
configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the
anntenna configuration ops be executed.
Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap
of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent
with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the
hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make
much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to
support this, in case the need arises.
The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and
rejected if it does not match.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case).
v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On suspend, there might be usb wireless drivers which wrongly trigger
the warning in ieee80211_work_work. If an usb driver doesn't have a
suspend hook, the usb stack will disconnect the device. On disconnect,
a mac80211 driver calls ieee80211_unregister_hw, which calls dev_close,
which calls ieee80211_stop, and in the end calls ieee80211_work_purge->
ieee80211_work_work.
The problem is that this call to ieee80211_work_purge comes after
mac80211 is suspended, triggering the warning even when we don't have
work queued in work_list (the expected case when already suspended),
because it always calls ieee80211_work_work.
So, just call ieee80211_work_work in ieee80211_work_purge if we really
have to abort work. This addresses the warning reported at
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24402
Signed-off-by: Herton Ronaldo Krzesinski <herton@mandriva.com.br>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
dev_open will eventually call ieee80211_ibss_join which sets up the
skb used for beacons/probe-responses however it is possible to
receive beacons that attempt to merge before this occurs causing
a null pointer dereference. Check ssid_len as that is the last
thing set in ieee80211_ibss_join.
This occurs quite easily in the presence of adhoc nodes with hidden SSID's
revised previous patch to check further up based on irc feedback
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <harvey.tim@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Always go through a new ip4_dst_hoplimit() helper, just like ipv6.
This allowed several simplifications:
1) The interim dst_metric_hoplimit() can go as it's no longer
userd.
2) The sysctl_ip_default_ttl entry no longer needs to use
ipv4_doint_and_flush, since the sysctl is not cached in
routing cache metrics any longer.
3) ipv4_doint_and_flush no longer needs to be exported and
therefore can be marked static.
When ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy was removed some time ago,
the external declaration in ip.h was mistakenly left around
so kill that off too.
We have to move the sysctl_ip_default_ttl declaration into
ipv4's route cache definition header net/route.h, because
currently net/ip.h (where the declaration lives now) has
a back dependency on net/route.h
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is for consistency with ipv4. Using "-1" makes
no sense.
It was made this way a long time ago merely to be consistent
with how the ipv6 socket hoplimit "default" is stored.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit c1f19b51d1 (net: support time stamping in phy devices.),
kernel might crash if CONFIG_NETWORK_PHY_TIMESTAMPING=y and
skb_defer_rx_timestamp() handles a packet without an ethernet header.
Fixes kernel bugzilla #24102
Reference: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24102
Reported-and-tested-by: Andrew Watts <akwatts@ymail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nf_pre_routing functions in bridging have collected two
distinct ways of returning NF_DROP over the years, inline and
via goto. There is no reason for preferring either one.
So this patch arbitrarily picks the inline variant and converts
the all the gotos.
Also removes a redundant comment.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While an interface is down, many implementations of
ethtool_ops::get_link, including the default, ethtool_op_get_link(),
will report the last link state seen while the interface was up. In
general the current physical link state is not available if the
interface is down.
Define ETHTOOL_GLINK to reflect whether the interface *and* any
physical port have a working link, and consistently return 0 when the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ATM subsystem was incorrectly creating the 'device' link for ATM
nodes in sysfs. This led to incorrect device/parent relationships
exposed by sysfs and udev. Instead of rolling the 'device' link by hand
in the generic ATM code, pass each ATM driver's bus device down to the
sysfs code and let sysfs do this stuff correctly.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We know for sure pktgen is going to write skb->data right after
*_alloc_skb, causing unnecessary cache misses.
Idea is to add a prefetchw() call to prefetch the first cache line
indicated by skb->data. On systems with Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch,
it's probably two cache lines are prefetched.
With this patch, pktgen on Intel SR1625 server with two E5530
quad-core processors and a single ixgbe-based NIC went from 8.63Mpps
to 9.03Mpps, with 4.6% improvement.
Signed-off-by: Junchang Wang <junchangwang@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR does not accpet v4mapped address, using
v4mapped address in SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR socket option will
get -EADDRNOTAVAIL error if v4map is enabled. This patch try to
fix it by mapping v4mapped address to v4 address if allowed.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IS_ERR() already implies unlikely(), so it can be omitted here.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TFC padding to all packets smaller than the boundary configured
on the xfrm state. If the boundary is larger than the PMTU, limit
padding to the PMTU.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TFC padding to all packets smaller than the boundary configured
on the xfrm state. If the boundary is larger than the PMTU, limit
padding to the PMTU.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures
Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified
length.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb1 should be passed as parameter to sk_rcvqueues_full() here.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If br_multicast_new_group returns NULL, we would return 0 (no error) to
the caller of br_multicast_add_group, which is not what we want. Instead
br_multicast_new_group should return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM) in this case.
Also propagate the error number returned by br_mdb_rehash properly.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New idev are advertised with NL group RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFADDR, but
should use RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFINFO.
Bug was introduced by commit 8d7a76c9.
Signed-off-by: Wang Xuefu <xuefu.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove macros which have been unused since the initial implementation
(commit 7c657876b6, [DCCP]: Initial
implementation from Tue Aug 9 20:14:34 2005 -0700).
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
__load_pointer() checks data we fetch from skb is included in head
portion, but assumes we fetch one byte, instead of up to four.
This wont crash because we have extra bytes (struct skb_shared_info)
after head, but this can read uninitialized bytes.
Fix this using size of the data (1, 2, 4 bytes) in the test.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm_state_migrate calls kfree instead of xfrm_state_put to free
a failed state. According to git commit 553f9118 this can cause
memory leaks.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Egerer <thomas.egerer@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup of commit b178bb3dfc (net: reorder struct sock fields)
Optimize INET input path a bit further, by :
1) moving sk_refcnt close to sk_lock.
This reduces number of dirtied cache lines by one on 64bit arches (and
64 bytes cache line size).
2) moving inet_daddr & inet_rcv_saddr at the beginning of sk
(same cache line than hash / family / bound_dev_if / nulls_node)
This reduces number of accessed cache lines in lookups by one, and dont
increase size of inet and timewait socks.
inet and tw sockets now share same place-holder for these fields.
Before patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x40
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x60
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x270
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x274
After patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x44
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x68
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x0
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x4
compute_score() (udp or tcp) now use a single cache line per ignored
item, instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to hide all direct accesses, especially writes,
to dst_entry metrics values.
This will allow us to:
1) More easily change how the metrics are stored.
2) Implement COW for metrics.
In particular this will help us put metrics into the inetpeer
cache if that is what we end up doing. We can make the _metrics
member a pointer instead of an array, initially have it point
at the read-only metrics in the FIB, and then on the first set
grab an inetpeer entry and point the _metrics member there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Unconditional use of skb->dev won't work here,
try to fetch the econet device via skb_dst()->dev
instead.
Suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Reported-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Tested-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode.
Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in
AP mode.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make sure sysctl_tcp_cookie_size is read once in
tcp_cookie_size_check(), or we might return an illegal value to caller
if sysctl_tcp_cookie_size is changed by another cpu.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: William Allen Simpson <william.allen.simpson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor might be set to zero while one cpu runs in
tcp_tso_should_defer(). Make sure we dont allow a divide by zero by
reading sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor exactly once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than printing the message to the log, use a mib counter to keep
track of the count of occurences of time wait bucket overflow. Reduces
spam in logs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x25 does not decrement the network device reference counts on module unload.
Thus unregistering any pre-existing interface after unloading the x25 module
hangs and results in
unregister_netdevice: waiting for tap0 to become free. Usage count = 1
This patch decrements the reference counts of all interfaces in x25_link_free,
the way it is already done in x25_link_device_down for NETDEV_DOWN events.
Signed-off-by: Apollon Oikonomopoulos <apollon@noc.grnet.gr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the SOCK_DGRAM enum results in
"net-pf-2-proto-SOCK_DGRAM-type-115", so use the numeric value like it
is done in net/dccp.
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to drop the mutex and do a dev_put, so set an error code and break like
the other paths, instead of returning directly.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is introduced in:
commit 0e3125c755
Author: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Date: Tue Nov 16 10:26:47 2010 -0800
packet: Enhance AF_PACKET implementation to not require high order contiguous memory allocation (v4)
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some arches don't need flush_dcache_page(), and don't implement it, so
we can eliminate pgv_to_page() calls on those arches.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid some atomic ops on dst refcount, calling dev_queue_xmit_nit()
after skb_dst_drop() in dev_hard_start_xmit().
When queueing a packet into af_packet socket, we drop dst anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_run_filter() doesnt write on skb, change its prototype to reflect
this.
Fix two af_packet comments.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Le dimanche 05 décembre 2010 à 09:19 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> Hmm..
>
> If somebody can explain why RTNL is held in arp_ioctl() (and therefore
> in arp_req_delete()), we might first remove RTNL use in arp_ioctl() so
> that your patch can be applied.
>
> Right now it is not good, because RTNL wont be necessarly held when you
> are going to call arp_invalidate() ?
While doing this analysis, I found a refcount bug in llc, I'll send a
patch for net-2.6
Meanwhile, here is the patch for net-next-2.6
Your patch then can be applied after mine.
Thanks
[PATCH] net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl()
dev_getbyhwaddr() was called under RTNL.
Rename it to dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu() and change all its caller to now use
RCU locking instead of RTNL.
Change arp_ioctl() to use RCU instead of RTNL locking.
Note: this fix a dev refcount bug in llc
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Le dimanche 05 décembre 2010 à 12:23 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> Le dimanche 05 décembre 2010 à 09:19 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
>
> > Hmm..
> >
> > If somebody can explain why RTNL is held in arp_ioctl() (and therefore
> > in arp_req_delete()), we might first remove RTNL use in arp_ioctl() so
> > that your patch can be applied.
> >
> > Right now it is not good, because RTNL wont be necessarly held when you
> > are going to call arp_invalidate() ?
>
> While doing this analysis, I found a refcount bug in llc, I'll send a
> patch for net-2.6
Oh well, of course I must first fix the bug in net-2.6, and wait David
pull the fix in net-next-2.6 before sending this rcu conversion.
Note: this patch should be sent to stable teams (2.6.34 and up)
[PATCH net-2.6] llc: fix a device refcount imbalance
commit abf9d537fe (llc: add support for SO_BINDTODEVICE) added one
refcount imbalance in llc_ui_bind(), because dev_getbyhwaddr() doesnt
take a reference on device, while dev_get_by_index() does.
Fix this using RCU locking. And since an RCU conversion will be done for
2.6.38 for dev_getbyhwaddr(), put the rcu_read_lock/unlock exactly at
their final place.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the macros already provided by kernel.h file.
Signed-off-by: Thiago Farina <tfransosi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dev field of ingress queue is forgot to initialized, then NULL
pointer dereference happens in qdisc_alloc().
Move inits of tx queues to netif_alloc_netdev_queues().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bug has to do with boundary checks on the initial receive window.
If the initial receive window falls between init_cwnd and the
receive window specified by the user, the initial window is incorrectly
brought down to init_cwnd. The correct behavior is to allow it to
remain unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an xprt is created, it has a refcount of 1, and XPT_BUSY is set.
The refcount is *not* owned by the thread that created the xprt
(as is clear from the fact that creators never put the reference).
Rather, it is owned by the absence of XPT_DEAD. Once XPT_DEAD is set,
(And XPT_BUSY is clear) that initial reference is dropped and the xprt
can be freed.
So when a creator clears XPT_BUSY it is dropping its only reference and
so must not touch the xprt again.
However svc_recv, after calling ->xpo_accept (and so getting an XPT_BUSY
reference on a new xprt), calls svc_xprt_recieved. This clears
XPT_BUSY and then svc_xprt_enqueue - this last without owning a reference.
This is dangerous and has been seen to leave svc_xprt_enqueue working
with an xprt containing garbage.
So we need to hold an extra counted reference over that call to
svc_xprt_received.
For safety, any time we clear XPT_BUSY and then use the xprt again, we
first get a reference, and the put it again afterwards.
Note that svc_close_all does not need this extra protection as there are
no threads running, and the final free can only be called asynchronously
from such a thread.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
In order to send data to management control sockets the function should:
- skip checks intended for raw HCI data and stack internal events
- make sure RAW HCI data or stack internal events don't go to
management control sockets
In order to accomplish this the patch adds a new member to the bluetooth
skb private data to flag skb's that are destined for management control
sockets.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Wrap mesh sections inside CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH to fix compilation
problems reported by Stephen Rothwell, Larry Finger and Bruno Randolf.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/mac80211/mlme.c: In function 'ieee80211_sta_work':
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1981: warning: too many arguments for format
Introduced by commit 04ac3c0ee2
("mac80211: speed up AP probing using nullfunc frames").
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 uses pm_qos (/dev/network_latency) in order to determine the
dynamic ps timeout (or disable the dynamic-ps at all in some cases).
commit ff616381 added a comparison for the current network_latency
against one high value (1900ms), and against the default value
(2000sec, rather than the commented 2sec).
however, the representation of 1900ms was incorrect:
1900ms = 1900000us ( != 1900000000 )
fix it by using USEC_TO_MSEC/SEC consts.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that cmsg->cmsg_type value is valid for qpolicy
that is currently in use.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Grobelny <tomasz@grobelny.oswiecenia.net>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This patch adds a generic infrastructure for policy-based dequeueing of
TX packets and provides two policies:
* a simple FIFO policy (which is the default) and
* a priority based policy (set via socket options).
Both policies honour the tx_qlen sysctl for the maximum size of the write
queue (can be overridden via socket options).
The priority policy uses skb->priority internally to assign an u32 priority
identifier, using the same ranking as SO_PRIORITY. The skb->priority field
is set to 0 when the packet leaves DCCP. The priority is supplied as ancillary
data using cmsg(3), the patch also provides the requisite parsing routines.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Grobelny <tomasz@grobelny.oswiecenia.net>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Hi,
This patch fixes a typo in net/core/datagram.c and in net/sctp/socket.c
Regards,
David Shwartz
Signed-off-by: David Shwartz <dshwatrz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.
Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.
We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.
In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I'm going to need this in a new place later.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Logically, the filter adjusting belongs with
starting/stopping mesh, not interface up/down,
so move it there.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We added some security checks in commit 57fe93b374
(filter: make sure filters dont read uninitialized memory) to close a
potential leak of kernel information to user.
This added a potential extra cost at run time, while we can perform a
check of the filter itself, to make sure a malicious user doesnt try to
abuse us.
This patch adds a check_loads() function, whole unique purpose is to
make this check, allocating a temporary array of mask. We scan the
filter and propagate a bitmask information, telling us if a load M(K) is
allowed because a previous store M(K) is guaranteed. (So that
sk_run_filter() can possibly not read unitialized memory)
Note: this can uncover application bug, denying a filter attach,
previously allowed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Cc: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only when dont_send is 0, arp_filter() is consulted, so we can simply
assign the return value of arp_filter() to dont_send instead.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we can check if an address is vmalloc address with is_vmalloc_addr(),
we remove pgv.flags. Then we may get more pg_vecs.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following commit causes the pgv->buffer may point to the memory
returned by vmalloc(). And we can't use virt_to_page() for the vmalloc
address.
This patch introduces a new inline function pgv_to_page(), which calls
vmalloc_to_page() for the vmalloc address, and virt_to_page() for the
__get_free_pages address.
We used to increase page pointer to get the next page at the next page
address, after Neil's patch, it is wrong, as the physical address may
be not continuous. This patch also fixes this issue.
commit 0e3125c755
Author: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Date: Tue Nov 16 10:26:47 2010 -0800
packet: Enhance AF_PACKET implementation to not require high order contiguous memory allocation (v4)
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commits 9f0f7272 (ipv4: AF_INET link address family) and cf7afbfeb8
(rtnl: make link af-specific updates atomic) used incorrect
__in_dev_get_rcu() in RTNL protected contexts, triggering PROVE_RCU
warnings.
Switch to __in_dev_get_rtnl(), wich is more appropriate, since we hold
RTNL.
Based on a report and initial patch from Amerigo Wang.
Reported-by: Amerigo Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU to filter ancillary mechanism,
to be able to build advanced filters.
This can help spreading packets on several sockets with a fast
selection, after RPS dispatch to N cpus for example, or to catch a
percentage of flows in one queue.
tcpdump -s 500 "cpu = 1" :
[0] ld CPU
[1] jeq #1 jt 2 jf 3
[2] ret #500
[3] ret #0
# take 12.5 % of flows (average)
tcpdump -s 1000 "rxhash & 7 = 2" :
[0] ld RXHASH
[1] and #7
[2] jeq #2 jt 3 jf 4
[3] ret #1000
[4] ret #0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Rui <wirelesser@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_HW_CSUM is a superset of NETIF_F_IP_CSUM+NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM, but
some drivers miss the difference. Fix this and also fix UFO dependency
on checksumming offload as it makes the same mistake in assumptions.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Acked-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@exar.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the nullfunc frame used to probe the AP was not acked, there is no point
in waiting for the probe timeout, so advance to the next try (or disconnect)
immediately.
If we do reach the probe timeout without having received a tx status, the
connection is probably really bad and worth disconnecting.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_is_nullfunc() implies ieee80211_is_data()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The last_tx_rate field was also updated for non-data frames that are
often sent with a lower rate (for example management frames at 1 Mbps).
This is confusing when the data rate is actually much higher.
Hence, only update the last_tx_rate field with tx rate information
gathered from last data frames.
If the rate control algorithm filled in txrc.reported_rate we don't need
to verify this information.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to commit 63ce0900 connections initiated through TTYs created with
"rfcomm bind ..." would have security level BT_SECURITY_SDP instead of
BT_SECURITY_LOW. This would cause instant connection failure between any
two SSP capable devices due to the L2CAP connect request to RFCOMM being
sent before authentication has been performed. This patch fixes the
regression by always initializing the DLC security level to
BT_SECURITY_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.dentz-von@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If such event happens we shall reply with a Command Reject, because we are
not expecting any configure request.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pavel Emelyanov tried to fix a race between sk_filter_(de|at)tach and
sk_clone() in commit 47e958eac2
Problem is we can have several clones sharing a common sk_filter, and
these clones might want to sk_filter_attach() their own filters at the
same time, and can overwrite old_filter->rcu, corrupting RCU queues.
We can not use filter->rcu without being sure no other thread could do
the same thing.
Switch code to a more conventional ref-counting technique : Do the
atomic decrement immediately and queue one rcu call back when last
reference is released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb head being allocated by kmalloc(), it might be larger than what
actually requested because of discrete kmem caches sizes. Before
reallocating a new skb head, check if the current one has the needed
extra size.
Do this check only if skb head is not shared.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not useful to build LED triggers when there's no LEDs that can be
triggered by them. Therefore, fix up the dependencies so that this
cannot happen, and fix a few users that select triggers to depend on
LEDS_CLASS as well (there is also one user that also selects LEDS_CLASS,
which is OK).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Arnd Hannemann <arnd@arndnet.de>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Moves the content of the native API routine tipc_ownidentity() into the
sole routine that calls it, since it can no longer be called in isolation.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the content of each native API message forwarding routine
into the sole routine that calls it, since the forwarding routines
no longer be called in isolation. Also removes code in each routine
that altered the outgoing message's importance level since this is
now no longer possible.
The previous function mapping (parent function, and child API) was
as follows:
tipc_send2name
\--tipc_forward2name
tipc_send2port
\--tipc_forward2port
tipc_send_buf2port
\--tipc_forward_buf2port
After this commit, the children don't exist and their functionality
is completely in the respective parent.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes a symbol that is not referenced anywhere by TIPC's link code.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes initialization of a local variable that is always assigned
a different value before it is referenced.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates an unused argument from tipc_multicast(), now that this
routine can no longer be called by kernel-based applications.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates support for the callback routine invoked when TIPC
changes its mode of operation from inactive to standalone or from
standalone to networked. This callback was part of TIPC's obsolete
native API and is not used by TIPC internally.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes several function declarations that aren't used anywhere,
either because they reference routines that no longer exist or
because all users of the function reference it after it has already
been defined.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modifies bearer_disable() to return void since it always indicates
success anyway.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes a structure definition that is no longer used by TIPC's
configuration service.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gets rid of #include statements that are no longer required as a
result of the merging of obsolete native API header file content
into other TIPC include files.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the removal of TIPC's native API support it is no longer
necessary for TIPC to export symbols for routines that can be called
by kernel-based applications, nor for it to have header files that
kernel-based applications can include to access the declarations for
those routines. This commit eliminates the exporting of symbols by
TIPC and migrates the contents of each obsolete native API include
file into its corresponding non-native API equivalent.
The code which was migrated in this commit was migrated intact, in
that there are no technical changes combined with the relocation.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ND_REACHABLE_TIME and ND_RETRANS_TIMER have defined
since v2.6.12-rc2, but never been used.
So use them instead of magic number.
This patch also changes original code style to read comfortably .
Thank YOSHIFUJI Hideaki for pointing it out.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_BASE_MSS is defined, but not used.
commit 5d424d5a introduce this macro, so use
it to initial sysctl_tcp_base_mss.
commit 5d424d5a67
Author: John Heffner <jheffner@psc.edu>
Date: Mon Mar 20 17:53:41 2006 -0800
[TCP]: MTU probing
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will also improve handling of ipv6 tcp socket request
backlog when syncookies are not enabled. When backlog
becomes very deep, last quarter of backlog is limited to
validated destinations. Previously only ipv4 implemented
this logic, but now ipv6 does too.
Now we are only one step away from enabling timewait
recycling for ipv6, and that step is simply filling in
the implementation of tcp_v6_get_peer() and
tcp_v6_tw_get_peer().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only thing AF-specific about remembering the timestamp
for a time-wait TCP socket is getting the peer.
Abstract that behind a new timewait_sock_ops vector.
Support for real IPV6 sockets is not filled in yet, but
curiously this makes timewait recycling start to work
for v4-mapped ipv6 sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not use assignment in IF condition, remove extra spaces,
fixing typos, simplify code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not initialize static vars to zero, macros with complex values
shall be enclosed with (), remove unneeded braces.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove extra spaces, assignments in if statement, zeroing static
variables, extra braces. Fix includes.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignments in IF condition, remove extra spaces
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
create_singlethread_workqueue() may fail with errors such as -ENOMEM. If
this happens, the return value is not set to a negative value and the
module load will succeed. It will then crash on module unload because of
a destroy_workqueue() call on a NULL pointer.
Additionally, the _busy_wq workqueue is not being destroyed if any
errors happen on l2cap_init().
Signed-off-by: Anderson Lizardo <anderson.lizardo@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
rfcomm_get_sock_by_channel() was the only user of this function, so I merged
both into rfcomm_get_sock_by_channel(). The socket lock now should be hold
outside of rfcomm_get_sock_by_channel() once we hold and release it inside the
same function now.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
l2cap_get_sock_by_psm() was the only user of this function, so I merged
both into l2cap_get_sock_by_psm(). The socket lock now should be hold
outside of l2cap_get_sock_by_psm() once we hold and release it inside the
same function now.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Fix checkpatch errors like:
"ERROR: do not use assignment in if condition"
Simplify code and fix one long line.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In timer context we might delete l2cap channel used by krfcommd.
The check makes sure that sk is not owned. If sk is owned we
restart timer for HZ/5.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Check that socket sk is not locked in user process before removing
l2cap connection handler.
lock_sock and release_sock do not hold a normal spinlock directly but
instead hold the owner field. This means bh_lock_sock can still execute
even if the socket is "locked". More info can be found here:
http://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/networking/socketlocks
krfcommd kernel thread may be preempted with l2cap tasklet which remove
l2cap_conn structure. If krfcommd is in process of sending of RFCOMM reply
(like "RFCOMM UA" reply to "RFCOMM DISC") then kernel crash happens.
...
[ 694.175933] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000000
[ 694.184936] pgd = c0004000
[ 694.187683] [00000000] *pgd=00000000
[ 694.191711] Internal error: Oops: 5 [#1] PREEMPT
[ 694.196350] last sysfs file: /sys/devices/platform/hci_h4p/firmware/hci_h4p/loading
[ 694.260375] CPU: 0 Not tainted (2.6.32.10 #1)
[ 694.265106] PC is at l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x43c/0x73c [l2cap]
[ 694.270721] LR is at 0xd7017303
...
[ 694.525085] Backtrace:
[ 694.527587] [<bf266be0>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x0/0x73c [l2cap]) from [<c02f2cc8>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb8/0xd8)
[ 694.537292] [<c02f2c10>] (sock_sendmsg+0x0/0xd8) from [<c02f3044>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x48/0x80)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Structure hidp_conninfo is copied to userland with version, product,
vendor and name fields unitialized if both session->input and session->hid
are NULL. It leads to leaking of contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Structure cmtp_conninfo is copied to userland with some padding fields
unitialized. It leads to leaking of contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Structure bnep_conninfo is copied to userland with the field "device"
that has the last elements unitialized. It leads to leaking of
contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In Bluetooth there are no automatic updates of remote device names when
they get changed on the remote side. Instead, it is a good idea to do a
manual name request when a new connection gets created (for whatever
reason) since at this point it is very cheap (no costly baseband
connection creation needed just for the sake of the name request).
So far userspace has been responsible for this extra name request but
tighter control is needed in order not to flood Bluetooth controllers
with two many commands during connection creation. It has been shown
that some controllers simply fail to function correctly if they get too
many (almost) simultaneous commands during connection creation. The
simplest way to acheive better control of these commands is to move
their sending completely to the kernel side.
This patch inserts name requests into the sequence of events that the
kernel performs during connection creation. It does this after the
remote features have been successfully requested and before any pending
authentication requests are performed. The code will work sub-optimally
with userspace versions that still do the name requesting themselves (it
shouldn't break anything though) so it is recommended to combine this
with a userspace software version that doesn't have automated name
requests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a single function that's responsible for requesting
authentication for outgoing connections. This is preparation for the
next patch which will add automated name requests and thereby move the
authentication requests to a different location.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The current remote and remote extended features event callbacks logic
can be made simpler by using a label and goto statements instead of the
current multiple levels of nested if statements.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
I found a problem using an IPv6 over IPv4 tunnel. When CONFIG_IPV6_SIT
was enabled, the packets would be rejected as net/ipv6/sit.c was catching
all IPPROTO_IPV6 packets and returning an ICMP port unreachable error.
I think this patch fixes the problem cleanly. I believe the code in
net/ipv4/tunnel4.c:tunnel4_rcv takes care of it properly if none of the
handlers claim the skb.
Signed-off-by: David McCullough <david_mccullough@mcafee.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ipip is built as a module the 'ip tunnel add' command would fail because
the ipip module was not being autoloaded. Adding an alias for
the tunl0 device name cause dev_load() to autoload it when needed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If gre is built as a module the 'ip tunnel add' command would fail because
the ip_gre module was not being autoloaded. Adding an alias for
the gre0 device name cause dev_load() to autoload it when needed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use strcpy() rather the sprintf() for the case where name is getting
generated. Fix indentation.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate qdisc memory according to NUMA properties of cpus included in
xps map.
To be effective, qdisc should be (re)setup after changes
of /sys/class/net/eth<n>/queues/tx-<n>/xps_cpus
I added a numa_node field in struct netdev_queue, containing NUMA node
if all cpus included in xps_cpus share same node, else -1.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_tunnel always assumes it consumes 40 bytes (ip6 hdr) of the mtu of the
underlaying device. So for a normal ethernet bearer, the mtu of the ip6_tunnel is
1460.
However, when creating a tunnel the encap limit option is enabled by default, and it
consumes 8 bytes more, so the true mtu shall be 1452.
I dont really know if this breaks some statement in some RFC, so this is a request for
comments.
Signed-off-by: Anders Franzen <anders.franzen@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Then we can make a completely generic tcp_remember_stamp()
that uses ->get_peer() as a helper, minimizing the AF specific
code and minimizing the eventual code duplication when we implement
the ipv6 side of TW recycling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of directly accessing "peer", change to code to
operate using a "struct inet_peer_base *" pointer.
This will facilitate the addition of a seperate tree for
ipv6 peer entries.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a superfluous ieee80211_is_data check as that was checked a few
lines before already and we wont't get here for non-data frames at all.
Second, the frame was already converted to 802.3 header format and
reading the fc and addr1 fields was only possible because the 802.3
header is short enough and didn't overwrite the relevant parts of the
802.11 header. Make the code more obvious by checking the ethernet
header's h_dest field.
Furthermore reorder the conditions to reduce the number of checks
when dynamic powersave is not needed (AP mode for example).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Th commit titled "mac80211: clean up rx handling wrt. found_sta"
removed found_sta variable which caused a MIC failure event
to be reported twice for a single failure to supplicant resulted
in STA disconnect.
This should fix WPA specific countermeasures WiFi test case (5.2.17)
issues with mac80211 based drivers which report MIC failure events in
rx status.
Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org> (2.6.37)
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes an curious issue due to insufficient
rx frame filtering.
Saqeb Akhter reported frequent disconnects while streaming
videos over samba: <http://marc.info/?m=128600031109136>
> [ 1166.512087] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [ 1526.059997] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [ 2125.324356] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [...]
The reason is that the device generates frames with slightly
bogus SA/TA addresses.
e.g.:
[ 2314.402316] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2314.402321] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2352.453804] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2352.453808] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff
^^ the group-address flag is set!
(the correct SA/TA would be: 00:1f:31:f8:64:ff)
Since the AP does not know from where the frames come, it
generates a DEAUTH response for the (invalid) mcast address.
This mcast deauth frame then passes through all filters and
tricks the stack into thinking that the AP brutally kicked
us!
This patch fixes the problem by simply ignoring
non-broadcast, group-addressed deauth/disassoc frames.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Saqeb Akhter <saqeb.akhter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX aggregation locking documentation was
wrong, which led Christian to also code the
timer timeout handling for it somewhat wrongly.
Fix the documentation, the two places that
need to hold the reorder lock across accesses
to the structure, and the debugfs code that
should just use RCU.
Also, remove acquiring the sta->lock across
reorder timeouts since it isn't necessary, and
change a few places to GFP_KERNEL because the
code path here doesn't need atomic allocations
as I noticed when reviewing all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements the new off-channel TX API
in mac80211 with a new work item type. The
operation doesn't add a new work item when
we're on the right channel and there's no
wait time so that for example p2p probe
responses will be transmitted without delay.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.
However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order for frame injection to work properly for some use cases
(e.g., finding the station entry and keys for encryption), mac80211
needs to find the correct sdata entry. This works when the main vif
is in AP mode, but commit a2c1e3dad5
broke this particular use case for station main vif. While this type of
injection is quite unusual operation, it has some uses and we should fix
it. Do this by changing the monitor vif sdata selection to allow station
vif to be selected instead of limiting it to just AP vifs. We still need
to skip some iftypes to avoid selecting unsuitable vif for injection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Its easy to eat all kernel memory and trigger NMI watchdog, using an
exploit program that queues unix sockets on top of others.
lkml ref : http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/25/8
This mechanism is used in applications, one choice we have is to have a
recursion limit.
Other limits might be needed as well (if we queue other types of files),
since the passfd mechanism is currently limited by socket receive queue
sizes only.
Add a recursion_level to unix socket, allowing up to 4 levels.
Each time we send an unix socket through sendfd mechanism, we copy its
recursion level (plus one) to receiver. This recursion level is cleared
when socket receive queue is emptied.
Reported-by: Марк Коренберг <socketpair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid sparse warnings : add __rcu annotations and use
rcu_dereference_protected() where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
store_xps_map() allocates maps that are used by single cpu, it makes
sense to use NUMA allocations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds XPS_CONFIG option to enable and disable XPS. This is
done in the same manner as RPS_CONFIG. This is also fixes build
failure in XPS code when SMP is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet sockets corresponding to passive connections are added to the bind hash
using ___inet_inherit_port(). These sockets are later removed from the bind
hash using __inet_put_port(). These two functions are not exactly symmetrical.
__inet_put_port() decrements hashinfo->bsockets and tb->num_owners, whereas
___inet_inherit_port() does not increment them. This results in both of these
going to -ve values.
This patch fixes this by calling inet_bind_hash() from ___inet_inherit_port(),
which does the right thing.
'bsockets' and 'num_owners' were introduced by commit a9d8f9110d
(inet: Allowing more than 64k connections and heavily optimize bind(0))
Signed-off-by: Nagendra Singh Tomar <tomer_iisc@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A single uninitialized padding byte is leaked to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
CC: stable <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a bug in updating the Greatest Acknowledgment number Received (GAR):
the current implementation does not track the greatest received value -
lower values in the range AWL..AWH (RFC 4340, 7.5.1) erase higher ones.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jhash is widely used in the kernel and because the functions
are inlined, the cost in size is significant. Also, the new jhash
functions are slightly larger than the previous ones so better un-inline.
As a preparation step, the calls to the internal macros are replaced
with the plain jhash function calls.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the vlan device is lockless and single queue do not
transfer the real num queues. This is causing a BUG_ON to occur.
kernel BUG at net/8021q/vlan.c:345!
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff813fd6e8>] ? fib_rules_event+0x28/0x1b0
[<ffffffff814ad2b5>] notifier_call_chain+0x55/0x80
[<ffffffff81089156>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x16/0x20
[<ffffffff813e5af7>] call_netdevice_notifiers+0x37/0x70
[<ffffffff813e6756>] netdev_features_change+0x16/0x20
[<ffffffffa02995be>] ixgbe_fcoe_enable+0xae/0x100 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa01da06a>] vlan_dev_fcoe_enable+0x2a/0x30 [8021q]
[<ffffffffa02d08c3>] fcoe_create+0x163/0x630 [fcoe]
[<ffffffff811244d5>] ? mmap_region+0x255/0x5a0
[<ffffffff81080ef0>] param_attr_store+0x50/0x80
[<ffffffff810809b6>] module_attr_store+0x26/0x30
[<ffffffff811b9db2>] sysfs_write_file+0xf2/0x180
[<ffffffff8114fc88>] vfs_write+0xc8/0x190
[<ffffffff81150621>] sys_write+0x51/0x90
[<ffffffff8100c0b2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When testing struct netdev_queue state against FROZEN bit, we also test
XOFF bit. We can test both bits at once and save some cycles.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. IPV6_TLV_TEL_DST_SIZE
This has not been using for several years since created.
2. RT6_INFO_LEN
commit 33120b30 kill all RT6_INFO_LEN's references, but only this definition remained.
commit 33120b30cc
Author: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Date: Tue Nov 6 05:27:11 2007 -0800
[IPV6]: Convert /proc/net/ipv6_route to seq_file interface
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_win_from_space() does the following:
if (sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale <= 0)
return space >> (-sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale);
else
return space - (space >> sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale);
"space" is int.
As per C99 6.5.7 (3) shifting int for 32 or more bits is
undefined behaviour.
Indeed, if sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale is exactly 32,
space >> 32 equals space and function returns 0.
Which means we busyloop in tcp_fixup_rcvbuf().
Restrict net.ipv4.tcp_adv_win_scale to [-31, 31].
Fix https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=20312
Steps to reproduce:
echo 32 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_adv_win_scale
wget www.kernel.org
[softlockup]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The /proc/net/tcp leaks openreq sockets from other namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes
are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and
one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already
leaving the link behind in a undefined state.
This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions
validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed
to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before
any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to
commit the changes later.
This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient
to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the
validation function method will not be able to detect all error
scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors
depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex
and thus may change between validation and setting.
Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and
config blocks for address families which did not register a set
function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are
returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without
notifying the user.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the if and else conditional because the code is in mainline and there
is no need in it being there.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
NFS: Ensure we return the dirent->d_type when it is known
NFS: Correct the array bound calculation in nfs_readdir_add_to_array
NFS: Don't ignore errors from nfs_do_filldir()
NFS: Fix the error handling in "uncached_readdir()"
NFS: Fix a page leak in uncached_readdir()
NFS: Fix a page leak in nfs_do_filldir()
NFS: Assume eof if the server returns no readdir records
NFS: Buffer overflow in ->decode_dirent() should not be fatal
Pure nfs client performance using odirect.
SUNRPC: Fix an infinite loop in call_refresh/call_refreshresult
This patch adds a sysclt net.ipv4.vs.sync_version
that can be used to send sync msg in version 0 or 1 format.
sync_version value is logical,
Value 1 (default) New version
0 Plain old version
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Enable sending and removal of version 0 sending
Affected functions,
ip_vs_sync_buff_create()
ip_vs_sync_conn()
ip_vs_core.c removal of IPv4 check.
*v5
Just check cp->pe_data_len in ip_vs_sync_conn
Check if padding needed before adding a new sync_conn
to the buffer, i.e. avoid sending padding at the end.
*v4
moved sanity check and pe_name_len after sloop.
use cp->pe instead of cp->dest->svc->pe
real length in each sync_conn, not padded length
however total size of a sync_msg includes padding.
*v3
Sending ip_vs_sync_conn_options in network order.
Sending Templates for ONE_PACKET conn.
Renaming of ip_vs_sync_mesg to ip_vs_sync_mesg_v0
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Functionality improvements
* flags changed from 16 to 32 bits
* fwmark added (32 bits)
* timeout in sec. added (32 bits)
* pe data added (Variable length)
* IPv6 capabilities (3x16 bytes for addr.)
* Version and type in every conn msg.
ip_vs_process_message() now handles Version 1 messages
and will call ip_vs_process_message_v0() for version 0 messages.
ip_vs_proc_conn() is common for both version, and handles the update of
connection hash.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync() - Version 1 messages only
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync_v0() - Version 0 messages only
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
New structs defined for version 1 of sync.
* ip_vs_sync_v4 Ipv4 base format struct
* ip_vs_sync_v6 Ipv6 base format struct
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
If ip_vs_conn_fill_param_persist return an error to ip_vs_sched_persist,
this error must propagate as ignored=-1 to ip_vs_schedule().
Errors from ip_vs_conn_new() in ip_vs_sched_persist() and ip_vs_schedule()
should also return *ignored=-1;
This patch just relies on the fact that ignored is 1 before calling
ip_vs_sched_persist().
Sent from Julian:
"The new case when ip_vs_conn_fill_param_persist fails
should set *ignored = -1, so that we can use NF_DROP,
see below. *ignored = -1 should be also used for ip_vs_conn_new
failure in ip_vs_sched_persist() and ip_vs_schedule().
The new negative value should be handled in tcp,udp,sctp"
"To summarize:
- *ignored = 1:
protocol tried to schedule (eg. on SYN), found svc but the
svc/scheduler decides that this packet should be accepted with
NF_ACCEPT because it must not be scheduled.
- *ignored = 0:
scheduler can not find destination, so try bypass or
return ICMP and then NF_DROP (ip_vs_leave).
- *ignored = -1:
scheduler tried to schedule but fatal error occurred, eg.
ip_vs_conn_new failure (ENOMEM) or ip_vs_sip_fill_param
failure such as missing Call-ID, ENOMEM on skb_linearize
or pe_data. In this case we should return NF_DROP without
any attempts to send ICMP with ip_vs_leave."
More or less all ideas and input to this patch is work from
Julian Anastasov
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
L7 helpers like sip needs skb defrag
since L7 data can be fragmented.
This patch requires "IPVS Break ports-2 into src_port and dst_port" patch
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid sending invalid pointer due to skb_linearize() call.
This patch prepares for next patch where skb_linearize is a part.
In ip_vs_sched_persist() params the ports ptr will be replaced by
src and dst port.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
One struct will have fwmark added:
* ip_vs_conn
ip_vs_conn_new() and ip_vs_find_dest()
will have an extra param - fwmark
The effects of that, is in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
For drivers that have accurate TX status reporting
we can report the number of consecutive lost packets
to userspace using the new cfg80211 CQM event. The
threshold is fixed right now, this may need to be
improved in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events
to notify about packet loss for specific stations
(which could be the AP for the managed mode case).
Since the threshold might be determined by the
driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be
passed out of the driver to userspace in the event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should help with latency issues which can happen when
using aggregation.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Matt Smith <matt.smith@atheros.com>
Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since nullfunc frames are transmitted as unicast frames, they're more
reliable than the broadcast probe requests, so we need fewer retries
to figure out whether the AP is really gone.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nullfunc frames are better for connection monitoring, because probe requests
are answered even if the AP has already dropped the connection, whereas
nullfunc frames from an unassociated station will trigger a disassoc/deauth
frame from the AP (WLAN_REASON_CLASS3_FRAME_FROM_NONASSOC_STA), which allows
the station to reconnect immediately instead of waiting until it attempts to
transmit the next unicast frame.
This only works on hardware with reliable tx ACK reporting, any other hardware
needs to fall back to the probe request method.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check the connection by probing the AP (either using nullfunc or a
probe request). If nullfunc probing is supported and the assoc is no
longer valid, the AP will send a disassoc/deauth immediately.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using a fixed 2 second timeout, calculate beacon loss interval
from the advertised beacon interval and a frame count. With this beacon
loss happens after N (default 7) consecutive frames are missed which
for a typical setup (100TU beacon interval) is ~700ms (or ~1/3 previous).
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No change in output for pr_<level> prefixes.
netdev_<level> output is different, arguably improved.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't declare variable sized array of iovecs on the stack since this
could cause stack overflow if msg->msgiovlen is large. Instead, coalesce
the user-supplied data into a new buffer and use a single iovec for it.
Signed-off-by: Phil Blundell <philb@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing check for capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN) in SIOCSIFADDR operation.
Signed-off-by: Phil Blundell <philb@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Later parts of econet_sendmsg() rely on saddr != NULL, so return early
with EINVAL if NULL was passed otherwise an oops may occur.
Signed-off-by: Phil Blundell <philb@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue
devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based
on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the
packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where
RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue
based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric
Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion
steering).
Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will
use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a
per queue basis in:
/sys/class/net/eth<n>/queues/tx-<n>/xps_cpus
The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that
maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of
num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of
queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use.
The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data
structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done
nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back
to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on
cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would
nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs
which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that
each CPU has it's own queue.
Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of
this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test
with 1 byte req. and resp.
bnx2x on 16 core AMD
XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU
No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In dev_pick_tx, don't do work in calculating queue
index or setting
the index in the sock unless the device has more than one queue. This
allows the sock to be set only with a queue index of a multi-queue
device which is desirable if device are stacked like in a tunnel.
We also allow the mapping of a socket to queue to be changed. To
maintain in order packet transmission a flag (ooo_okay) has been
added to the sk_buff structure. If a transport layer sets this flag
on a packet, the transmit queue can be changed for the socket.
Presumably, the transport would set this if there was no possbility
of creating OOO packets (for instance, there are no packets in flight
for the socket). This patch includes the modification in TCP output
for setting this flag.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lower SCM_MAX_FD from 255 to 253 so that allocations for scm_fp_list are
halved. (commit f8d570a4 added two pointers in this structure)
scm_fp_dup() should not copy whole structure (and trigger kmemcheck
warnings), but only the used part. While we are at it, only allocate
needed size.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock.
readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read
lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore.
struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vegard Nossum found a unix socket OOM was possible, posting an exploit
program.
My analysis is we can eat all LOWMEM memory before unix_gc() being
called from unix_release_sock(). Moreover, the thread blocked in
unix_gc() can consume huge amount of time to perform cleanup because of
huge working set.
One way to handle this is to have a sensible limit on unix_tot_inflight,
tested from wait_for_unix_gc() and to force a call to unix_gc() if this
limit is hit.
This solves the OOM and also reduce overall latencies, and should not
slowdown normal workloads.
Reported-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
of/phylib: Use device tree properties to initialize Marvell PHYs.
phylib: Add support for Marvell 88E1149R devices.
phylib: Use common page register definition for Marvell PHYs.
qlge: Fix incorrect usage of module parameters and netdev msg level
ipv6: fix missing in6_ifa_put in addrconf
SuperH IrDA: correct Baud rate error correction
atl1c: Fix hardware type check for enabling OTP CLK
net: allow GFP_HIGHMEM in __vmalloc()
bonding: change list contact to netdev@vger.kernel.org
e1000: fix screaming IRQ
When using AP VLAN interfaces, each VLAN interface should be in its own
broadcast domain. Hostapd achieves this by assigning different GTKs to
different AP VLAN interfaces.
However, mac80211 drivers are not aware of AP VLAN interfaces and as
such mac80211 sends the GTK to the driver in the context of the base AP
mode interface. This causes problems when multiple AP VLAN interfaces
are used since the driver will use the same key slot for the different
GTKs (there's no way for the driver to distinguish the different GTKs
from different AP VLAN interfaces). Thus, only the clients associated
to one AP VLAN interface (the one that was created last) can actually
use broadcast traffic.
Fix this by not programming any GTKs for AP VLAN interfaces into the hw
but fall back to using software crypto. The GTK for the underlying AP
interface is still sent to the driver.
That means, broadcast traffic to stations associated to an AP VLAN
interface is encrypted in software whereas broadcast traffic to
stations associated to the non-VLAN AP interface is encrypted in
hardware.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain
if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory
domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug
on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a
request as the last request it was already the currently set
regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale
regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory
domain since the alpha2 would match.
We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically,
and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed.
In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam.
This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the
CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known
regression.
Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card
would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it
to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with
two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up
rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request.
This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2)
and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter
options.
This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this
CRDA delayer:
#!/bin/bash
echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log
sleep 2
/sbin/crda.orig
And these regulatory tests:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3
Reported-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be required in the next patch and it makes the
next patch easier to review.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These will be used earlier in the next few patches.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will simplify the synchronization for pending requests.
Without this we have a race between the core and when we
restore regulatory settings, although this is unlikely
its best to just avoid that race altogether.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the rpcauth_refreshcred() call returns an error other than
EACCES, ENOMEM or ETIMEDOUT, we currently end up looping forever
between call_refresh and call_refreshresult.
The correct thing to do here is to exit on all errors except
EAGAIN and ETIMEDOUT, for which case we retry 3 times, then
return EACCES.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Also, use the ccflags-$ flag instead of EXTRA_CFLAGS because EXTRA_CFLAGS is
deprecated and should now be switched.
Last but not least, took out if-conditionals.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Also, use the ccflags-$ flag instead of EXTRA_CFLAGS because EXTRA_CFLAGS is
deprecated and should now be switched.
Last but not least, took out if-conditionals.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed Makefile to use <modules>-y instead of <modules>-objs
because -objs is deprecated and not mentioned in
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt.
Signed-off-by: Tracey Dent <tdent48227@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix ref count bug introduced by
commit 2de7957072
Author: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Date: Wed Oct 27 18:16:49 2010 +0000
ipv6: addrconf: don't remove address state on ifdown if the address
is being kept
Fix logic so that addrconf_ifdown() decrements the inet6_ifaddr
refcnt correctly with in6_ifa_put().
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unloading pktgen module needs ~6 seconds on a 64 cpus machine, to stop
64 kthreads.
Add a pktgen_exiting variable to let kernel threads die faster, so that
kthread_stop() doesnt have to wait too long for them. This variable is
not tested in fast path.
Note : Before exiting from pktgen_thread_worker(), we must make sure
kthread_stop() is waiting for this thread to be stopped, like its done
in kernel/softirq.c
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We forgot to use __GFP_HIGHMEM in several __vmalloc() calls.
In ceph, add the missing flag.
In fib_trie.c, xfrm_hash.c and request_sock.c, using vzalloc() is
cleaner and allows using HIGHMEM pages as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_one_pg_vec_page() is supposed to return zeroed memory, so use
vzalloc() instead of vmalloc()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We call svc_xprt_enqueue() after something happens which we think may
require handling from a server thread. To avoid such events being lost,
svc_xprt_enqueue() must guarantee that there will be a svc_serv() call
from a server thread following any such event. It does that by either
waking up a server thread itself, or checking that XPT_BUSY is set (in
which case somebody else is doing it).
But the check of XPT_BUSY could occur just as someone finishes
processing some other event, and just before they clear XPT_BUSY.
Therefore it's important not to clear XPT_BUSY without subsequently
doing another svc_export_enqueue() to check whether the xprt should be
requeued.
The xpo_wspace() check in svc_xprt_enqueue() breaks this rule, allowing
an event to be missed in situations like:
data arrives
call svc_tcp_data_ready():
call svc_xprt_enqueue():
set BUSY
find no write space
svc_reserve():
free up write space
call svc_enqueue():
test BUSY
clear BUSY
So, instead, check wspace in the same places that the state flags are
checked: before taking BUSY, and in svc_receive().
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
There's no need to be fooling with XPT_BUSY now that all the threads
are gone.
The list_del_init() here could execute at the same time as the
svc_xprt_enqueue()'s list_add_tail(), with undefined results. We don't
really care at this point, but it might result in a spurious
list-corruption warning or something.
And svc_close() isn't adding any value; just call svc_delete_xprt()
directly.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Follow up on b48fa6b991 by moving all the
svc_xprt_received() calls for the main xprt to one place. The clearing
of XPT_BUSY here is critical to the correctness of the server, so I'd
prefer it to be obvious where we do it.
The only substantive result is moving svc_xprt_received() after
svc_receive_deferred(). Other than a (likely insignificant) delay
waking up the next thread, that should be harmless.
Also reshuffle the exit code a little to skip a few other steps that we
don't care about the in the svc_delete_xprt() case.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
There's no harm to doing this, since the only caller will immediately
call svc_enqueue() afterwards, ensuring we don't miss the remaining
deferred requests just because XPT_DEFERRED was briefly cleared.
But why not just do this the simple way?
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
ceph: fix readdir EOVERFLOW on 32-bit archs
ceph: fix frag offset for non-leftmost frags
ceph: fix dangling pointer
ceph: explicitly specify page alignment in network messages
ceph: make page alignment explicit in osd interface
ceph: fix comment, remove extraneous args
ceph: fix update of ctime from MDS
ceph: fix version check on racing inode updates
ceph: fix uid/gid on resent mds requests
ceph: fix rdcache_gen usage and invalidate
ceph: re-request max_size if cap auth changes
ceph: only let auth caps update max_size
ceph: fix open for write on clustered mds
ceph: fix bad pointer dereference in ceph_fill_trace
ceph: fix small seq message skipping
Revert "ceph: update issue_seq on cap grant"
Routing doesn't use the socket data and is protected by x25_route_list_lock
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push down the bkl in the ioctls so they can be removed one at a time.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At compile time, we can replace the DIV_K instruction (divide by a
constant value) by a reciprocal divide.
At exec time, the expensive divide is replaced by a multiply, a less
expensive operation on most processors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Starting the translated instruction to 1 instead of 0 allows us to
remove one descrement at check time and makes codes[] array init
cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove pc variable to avoid arithmetic to compute fentry at each filter
instruction. Jumps directly manipulate fentry pointer.
As the last instruction of filter[] is guaranteed to be a RETURN, and
all jumps are before the last instruction, we dont need to check filter
bounds (number of instructions in filter array) at each iteration, so we
remove it from sk_run_filter() params.
On x86_32 remove f_k var introduced in commit 57fe93b374
(filter: make sure filters dont read uninitialized memory)
Note : We could use a CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_{FEW|MANY}_REGISTERS in order to
avoid too many ifdefs in this code.
This helps compiler to use cpu registers to hold fentry and A
accumulator.
On x86_32, this saves 401 bytes, and more important, sk_run_filter()
runs much faster because less register pressure (One less conditional
branch per BPF instruction)
# size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o
text data bss dec hex filename
2948 0 0 2948 b84 net/core/filter.o
3349 0 0 3349 d15 net/core/filter_pre.o
on x86_64 :
# size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o
text data bss dec hex filename
5173 0 0 5173 1435 net/core/filter.o
5224 0 0 5224 1468 net/core/filter_pre.o
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning for sk_filter_rcu_release():
Warning(net/core/filter.c:586): missing initial short description on line:
* sk_filter_rcu_release: Release a socket filter by rcu_head
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NF_CONNTRACK is enabled, IP_VS uses conntrack symbols.
Therefore IP_VS can't be linked statically when conntrack
is built modular.
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
irttp_data_request() returns meaningful errorcodes, while irttp_udata_request()
just returns -1 in similar situations. Sync the two and the loglevels of the
accompanying output.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose reachable and retrans timer values in msecs instead of jiffies.
Both timer values are already exposed as msecs in the neighbour table
netlink interface.
The creation timestamp format with increased precision is kept but
cleaned up.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IFLA_PROTINFO exposes timer related per device settings in jiffies.
Change it to expose these values in msecs like the sysctl interface
does.
I did not find any users of IFLA_PROTINFO which rely on any of these
values and even if there are, they are likely already broken because
there is no way for them to reliably convert such a value to another
time format.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IGMP allocates MTU sized skbs. This may fail for large MTU (order-2
allocations), so add a fallback to try lower sizes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF_S_* are used internally, should not be exposed to the others.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since repeating u16 value to u8 value conversion using switch() clause's
case statement is wasteful, this patch introduces u16 to u8 mapping table
and removes most of case statements. As a result, the size of net/core/filter.o
is reduced by about 29% on x86.
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add option to set skb priority to pktgen. Useful for testing
QOS features. Also by running pktgen on the vlan device the
qdisc on the real device can be tested.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_set_real_num_rx_queues() can decrement and increment
the number of rx queues. For example ixgbe does this as
features and offloads are toggled. Presumably this could
also happen across down/up on most devices if the available
resources changed (cpu offlined).
The kobject needs to be zero'd in this case so that the
state is not preserved across kobject_put()/kobject_init_and_add().
This resolves the following error report.
ixgbe 0000:03:00.0: eth2: NIC Link is Up 10 Gbps, Flow Control: RX/TX
kobject (ffff880324b83210): tried to init an initialized object, something is seriously wrong.
Pid: 1972, comm: lldpad Not tainted 2.6.37-rc18021qaz+ #169
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8121c940>] kobject_init+0x3a/0x83
[<ffffffff8121cf77>] kobject_init_and_add+0x23/0x57
[<ffffffff8107b800>] ? mark_lock+0x21/0x267
[<ffffffff813c6d11>] net_rx_queue_update_kobjects+0x63/0xc6
[<ffffffff813b5e0e>] netif_set_real_num_rx_queues+0x5f/0x78
[<ffffffffa0261d49>] ixgbe_set_num_queues+0x1c6/0x1ca [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0262509>] ixgbe_init_interrupt_scheme+0x1e/0x79c [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0274596>] ixgbe_dcbnl_set_state+0x167/0x189 [ixgbe]
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes whitespace noise introduced in commit "dccp ccid-2: Algorithm to
update buffer state", 5753fdfe8b, 14 Nov 2010.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of iterating in_dev->mc_list from bonding driver, its better
to call a helper function provided by igmp.c
Details of implementation (locking) are private to igmp code.
ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im) becomes
ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev);
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This follows wireless-testing 9236d838c9
("cfg80211: fix extension channel checks to initiate communication") and
fixes accidental case fall-through. Without this fix, HT40 is entirely
blocked.
Signed-off-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code to handle powersaving stations has a race:
when the powersave flag is lifted from a station,
we could transmit a packet that is being processed
for TX at the same time right away, even if there
are other frames queued for it. This would cause
frame reordering. To fix this, lift the flag only
under the appropriate lock that blocks TX.
Additionally, the code to allow drivers to block a
station while frames for it are on the HW queue is
never re-enabled the station, so traffic would get
stuck indefinitely. Fix this by clearing the flag
for this appropriately.
Finally, as an optimisation, don't do anything if
the driver unblocks an already unblocked station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In many places we've just hardcoded the
AC numbers -- which is a relic from the
original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants
for them so we know what we're talking
about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
snprintf() returns number of bytes that were copied if there is no overflow.
This code uses return value as number of copied bytes. Theoretically format
string '%lu.%09lu %pI4:%u %pI4:%u %d %#x %#x %u %u %u %u\n' may be expanded
up to 163 bytes. In reality tv.tv_sec is just few bytes instead of 20, 2 ports
are just 5 bytes each instead of 10, length is 5 bytes instead of 10. The rest
is an unstrusted input. Theoretically if tv_sec is big then copy_to_user() would
overflow tbuf.
tbuf was increased to fit in 163 bytes. snprintf() is used to follow return
value semantic.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_set_real_num_rx_queues() can decrement and increment
the number of rx queues. For example ixgbe does this as
features and offloads are toggled. Presumably this could
also happen across down/up on most devices if the available
resources changed (cpu offlined).
The kobject needs to be zero'd in this case so that the
state is not preserved across kobject_put()/kobject_init_and_add().
This resolves the following error report.
ixgbe 0000:03:00.0: eth2: NIC Link is Up 10 Gbps, Flow Control: RX/TX
kobject (ffff880324b83210): tried to init an initialized object, something is seriously wrong.
Pid: 1972, comm: lldpad Not tainted 2.6.37-rc18021qaz+ #169
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8121c940>] kobject_init+0x3a/0x83
[<ffffffff8121cf77>] kobject_init_and_add+0x23/0x57
[<ffffffff8107b800>] ? mark_lock+0x21/0x267
[<ffffffff813c6d11>] net_rx_queue_update_kobjects+0x63/0xc6
[<ffffffff813b5e0e>] netif_set_real_num_rx_queues+0x5f/0x78
[<ffffffffa0261d49>] ixgbe_set_num_queues+0x1c6/0x1ca [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0262509>] ixgbe_init_interrupt_scheme+0x1e/0x79c [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0274596>] ixgbe_dcbnl_set_state+0x167/0x189 [ixgbe]
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the macros defined for the members of flowi to clean the code up.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rds_cmsg_rdma_args(), the user-provided args->nr_local value is
restricted to less than UINT_MAX. This seems to need a tighter upper
bound, since the calculation of total iov_size can overflow, resulting
in a small sock_kmalloc() allocation. This would probably just result
in walking off the heap and crashing when calling rds_rdma_pages() with
a high count value. If it somehow doesn't crash here, then memory
corruption could occur soon after.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 already exposes some address family data via netlink in the
IFLA_PROTINFO attribute if RTM_GETLINK request is sent with the
address family set to AF_INET6. We take over this format and
reuse all the code.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements the AF_INET link address family exposing the per
device configuration settings via netlink using the attribute
IFLA_INET_CONF.
The format of IFLA_INET_CONF differs depending on the direction
the attribute is sent. The attribute sent by the kernel consists
of a u32 array, basically a 1:1 copy of in_device->cnf.data[].
The attribute expected by the kernel must consist of a sequence
of nested u32 attributes, each representing a change request,
e.g.
[IFLA_INET_CONF] = {
[IPV4_DEVCONF_FORWARDING] = 1,
[IPV4_DEVCONF_NOXFRM] = 0,
}
libnl userspace API documentation and example available from:
http://www.infradead.org/~tgr/libnl/doc-git/group__link__inet.html
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each net_device contains address family specific data such as
per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data
via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink.
The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK
request for each address family it wishes to receive data of
and then merge this data itself.
This patch implements a new API which combines all address family
specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC.
IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each
address family which in turn defines the structure of its own
attribute. Example:
[IFLA_AF_SPEC] = {
[AF_INET] = {
[IFLA_INET_CONF] = ...,
},
[AF_INET6] = {
[IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ...,
[IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ...,
}
}
The API also allows for address families to implement a function
which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to
implement address family specific link options.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current tcp_connect code completely ignores errors from sending an skb.
This makes sense in many situations (like -ENOBUFFS) but I want to be able to
immediately fail connections if they are denied by the SELinux netfilter hook.
Netfilter does not normally return ECONNREFUSED when it drops a packet so we
respect that error code as a final and fatal error that can not be recovered.
Based-on-patch-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SELinux would like to pass certain fatal errors back up the stack. This patch
implements the generic netfilter support for this functionality.
Based-on-patch-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The big kernel lock has been removed from all these files at some point,
leaving only the #include.
Remove this too as a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it.
We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to
make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes
and upon a reconfig of the interface.
If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment
packets in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in a mode that initiates communication and using
HT40 we should fail if we cannot use both primary and secondary
channels to initiate communication. Our current ht40 allowmap
only covers STA mode of operation, for beaconing modes we need
a check on the fly as the mode of operation is dynamic and
there other flags other than disable which we should read
to check if we can initiate communication.
Do not allow for initiating communication if our secondary HT40
channel has is either disabled, has a passive scan flag, a
no-ibss flag or is a radar channel. Userspace now has similar
checks but this is also needed in-kernel.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
otherwise xfrm_lookup will fail to find correct policy
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets refcount is usually 2, unless an incoming frame is going to
be queued in receive or backlog queue.
Using atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() permits to reduce latency, because
processor issues less memory transactions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now vlan are lockless, we dont need special ndo_select_queue() logic.
dev_pick_tx() will do the multiqueue stuff on the real device transmit.
Suggested-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan is a stacked device, like tunnels. We should use the lockless
mechanism we are using in tunnels and loopback.
This patch completely removes locking in TX path.
tx stat counters are added into existing percpu stat structure, renamed
from vlan_rx_stats to vlan_pcpu_stats.
Note : this partially reverts commit 2e59af3dcb (vlan: multiqueue vlan
device)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
Version 4 of this patch.
Change notes:
1) Removed extra memset. Didn't think kcalloc added a GFP_ZERO the way kzalloc did :)
Summary:
It was shown to me recently that systems under high load were driven very deep
into swap when tcpdump was run. The reason this happened was because the
AF_PACKET protocol has a SET_RINGBUFFER socket option that allows the user space
application to specify how many entries an AF_PACKET socket will have and how
large each entry will be. It seems the default setting for tcpdump is to set
the ring buffer to 32 entries of 64 Kb each, which implies 32 order 5
allocation. Thats difficult under good circumstances, and horrid under memory
pressure.
I thought it would be good to make that a bit more usable. I was going to do a
simple conversion of the ring buffer from contigous pages to iovecs, but
unfortunately, the metadata which AF_PACKET places in these buffers can easily
span a page boundary, and given that these buffers get mapped into user space,
and the data layout doesn't easily allow for a change to padding between frames
to avoid that, a simple iovec change is just going to break user space ABI
consistency.
So I've done this, I've added a three tiered mechanism to the af_packet set_ring
socket option. It attempts to allocate memory in the following order:
1) Using __get_free_pages with GFP_NORETRY set, so as to fail quickly without
digging into swap
2) Using vmalloc
3) Using __get_free_pages with GFP_NORETRY clear, causing us to try as hard as
needed to get the memory
The effect is that we don't disturb the system as much when we're under load,
while still being able to conduct tcpdumps effectively.
Tested successfully by me.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <zenczykowski@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <zenczykowski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sending zero byte packets is not neccessarily an error (AF_INET accepts it,
too), so just apply a shortcut. This was discovered because of a non-working
software with WINE. See
http://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=19397#c86http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.irda.general/1643
for very detailed debugging information and a testcase. Kudos to Wolfgang for
those!
Reported-by: Wolfgang Schwotzer <wolfgang.schwotzer@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Tested-by: Mike Evans <mike.evans@cardolan.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix ref count bug introduced by
commit 2de7957072
Author: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Date: Wed Oct 27 18:16:49 2010 +0000
ipv6: addrconf: don't remove address state on ifdown if the address
is being kept
Fix logic so that addrconf_ifdown() decrements the inet6_ifaddr
refcnt correctly with in6_ifa_put().
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hi,
We can simplify net/sunrpc/stats.c::rpc_alloc_iostats() a bit by getting
rid of the unneeded local variable 'new'.
Please CC me on replies.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
ERROR: "netif_get_vlan_features" [drivers/net/xen-netfront.ko] undefined!
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt at allowing LVS to transmit skbs of greater than MTU length that
have been aggregated by GRO and can thus be deaggregated by GSO.
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_conn_tab_bits & ip_vs_conn_tab_mask are static to
ipvs/ip_vs_conn.c
ip_vs_conn_tab_size, ip_vs_conn_tab_mask, ip_vs_conn_tab [the pointer],
ip_vs_conn_rnd are mostly read.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
It is assigned to a non-const variable and its contents are modified.
Acked-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Only match persistence engine data if it was
created by the same persistence engine.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The dest of a connection may not exist if it has been created as the result
of connection synchronisation. But in order for connection entries for
templates with persistence engine data created through connection
synchronisation to be valid access to the persistence engine pointer is
required. So add the persistence engine to the connection itself.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Some of the documentation refers to web pages under
the domain `osdl.org'. However, `osdl.org' now
redirects to `linuxfoundation.org'.
Rather than rely on redirections, this patch updates
the addresses appropriately; for the most part, only
documentation that is meant to be current has been
updated.
The patch should be pretty quick to scan and check;
each new web-page url was gotten by trying out the
original URL in a browser and then simply copying the
the redirected URL (formatting as necessary).
There is some conflict as to which one of these domain
names is preferred:
linuxfoundation.org
linux-foundation.org
So, I wrote:
info@linuxfoundation.org
and got this reply:
Message-ID: <4CE17EE6.9040807@linuxfoundation.org>
Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 10:41:42 -0800
From: David Ames <david@linuxfoundation.org>
...
linuxfoundation.org is preferred. The canonical name for our web site is
www.linuxfoundation.org. Our list site is actually
lists.linux-foundation.org.
Regarding email linuxfoundation.org is preferred there are a few people
who choose to use linux-foundation.org for their own reasons.
Consequently, I used `linuxfoundation.org' for web pages and
`lists.linux-foundation.org' for mailing-list web pages and email addresses;
the only personal email address I updated from `@osdl.org' was that of
Andrew Morton, who prefers `linux-foundation.org' according `git log'.
Signed-off-by: Michael Witten <mfwitten@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
br_port_get() renamed to br_port_get_rtnl() to make clear RTNL is held.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro br_port_exists() is not enough protection when only
RCU is being used. There is a tiny race where other CPU has cleared port
handler hook, but is bridge port flag might still be set.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add br_should_route_hook_t typedef, this is the only way we can
get a clean RCU implementation for function pointer.
Move route_hook to location where it is used.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add modern __rcu annotatations to bridge multicast table.
Use newer hlist macros to avoid direct access to hlist internals.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch move RX queue allocation to alloc_netdev_mq and freeing of
the queues to free_netdev (symmetric to TX queue allocation). Each
kobject RX queue takes a reference to the queue's device so that the
device can't be freed before all the kobjects have been released-- this
obviates the need for reference counts specific to RX queues.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX queues are now allocated in alloc_netdev_mq and freed in
free_netdev.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU helpers to reduce number of sparse warnings
(CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y), and adds lockdep checks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The GRE Key field is intended to be used for identifying an individual
traffic flow within a tunnel. It is useful to be able to have XFRM
policy selector matches to have different policies for different
GRE tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/8021q/vlanproc.c: In function 'vlandev_seq_show':
net/8021q/vlanproc.c:283:20: warning: unused variable 'fmt'
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
crypto_free_cipher() is a wrapper around crypto_free_tfm() which is a
wrapper around crypto_destroy_tfm() and the latter can handle being passed
a NULL pointer, so checking for NULL in the
ieee80211_aes_key_free()/ieee80211_aes_cmac_key_free() wrappers around
crypto_free_cipher() is pointless and just increase object code size
needlesly and makes us execute extra test/branch instructions that we
don't need.
Btw; don't we have to many wrappers around wrappers ad nauseam here?
Anyway, this patch removes the redundant conditionals.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- reduce the number of retransmission attempts for sample rates
- sample lower rates less often
- do not use RTS/CTS for sampling frames
- increase the time between sampling attempts
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Everyone's doing it, its the cool thing.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the worst case you are seeing really odd things you want
more information than what is provided right now, for those
that insist and want debug info through CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG
provide a print of when we are processing a channel and with what
regulatory rule.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can help with debugging issues. You will only see
these with CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG enabled.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After a module loads you will have loaded the world roaming regulatory
domain or a custom regulatory domain. Further regulatory hints are
welcomed and should be respected unless the regulatory hint is coming
from a country IE as the IEEE spec allows for a country IE to be a subset
of what is allowed by the local regulatory agencies.
So disable all channels that do not fit a regulatory domain sent
from a unless the hint is from a country IE and the country IE had
no information about the band we are currently processing.
This fixes a few regulatory issues, for example for drivers that depend
on CRDA and had no 5 GHz freqencies allowed were not properly disabling
5 GHz at all, furthermore it also allows users to restrict devices
further as was intended.
If you recieve a country IE upon association we will also disable the
channels that are not allowed if the country IE had at least one
channel on the respective band we are procesing.
This was the original intention behind this design but it was
completely overlooked...
Cc: David Quan <david.quan@atheros.com>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY
even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver
if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers
that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all
Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170.
This was part of the original design, however it was completely
overlooked...
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is required later.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The following code is defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that VLAN packets are tagged in dev_hard_start_xmit()
at the bottom of the stack we no longer need to tag them
in the 8021Q module (Except in the !VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HDR
case).
This allows the accel path and non accel paths to be consolidated.
Here the vlan_tci in the skb is always set and we allow the
stack to add the actual tag in dev_hard_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible for the headroom to be smaller then the
hard_header_len for a short period of time after toggling
the vlan offload setting.
This is not a hard error and skb_cow_head is called in
__vlan_put_tag() to resolve this.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Toggling the vlan tx|rx hw offloads needs to set the hard_header_len
as well otherwise we end up using LL_RESERVED_SPACE incorrectly.
This results in pskb_expand_head() being used unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid a sparse warning about 'ret' variable shadowing
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use helpers to reduce number of sparse warnings
(CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
We currently use vlan_features to check for TSO support if there is
a vlan tag. However, it's quite likely that the NIC is not able to
do TSO when there is an arbitrary number of tags. Therefore if there
is more than one tag (in-band or out-of-band), fall back to software
emulation.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We assume that hardware TSO can't support multiple levels of vlan tags
but we allow it to be done. Therefore, enable GSO to parse these tags
so we can fallback to software.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When checking if it is necessary to linearize a packet, we currently
use vlan_features if the packet contains either an in-band or out-
of-band vlan tag. However, in-band tags aren't special in any way
for scatter/gather since they are part of the packet buffer and are
simply more data to DMA. Therefore, only use vlan_features for out-
of-band tags, which could potentially have some interaction with
scatter/gather.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add some __rcu annotations and use helpers to reduce number of sparse
warnings (CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
net/ipv4/igmp.c: In function 'ip_mc_inc_group':
net/ipv4/igmp.c:1228: error: implicit declaration of function 'for_each_pmc_rtnl'
net/ipv4/igmp.c:1228: error: expected ';' before '{' token
net/ipv4/igmp.c: In function 'ip_mc_unmap':
net/ipv4/igmp.c:1333: error: expected ';' before 'igmp_group_dropped'
...
Move for_each_pmc_rcu and for_each_pmc_rtnl macro definitions
outside of multicast ifdef protection.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we own the conntrack and the others can't see it until we confirm it,
we don't need to use atomic bit operation on ct->status.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In function update_alloc_size(), sizeof(struct nf_ct_ext) is added twice
wrongly.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
I am observing consistent behavior even with bridges, so let's unlock
this. xt_mac is already usable in FORWARD, too. Section 9 of
http://ebtables.sourceforge.net/br_fw_ia/br_fw_ia.html#section9 says
the MAC source address is changed, but my observation does not match
that claim -- the MAC header is retained.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
[Patrick; code inspection seems to confirm this]
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch replaces an almost identical replication of code: large parts
of dccp_parse_options() re-appeared as ccid2_ackvector() in ccid2.c.
Apart from the duplication, this caused two more problems:
1. CCIDs should not need to be concerned with parsing header options;
2. one can not assume that Ack Vectors appear as a contiguous area within an
skb, it is legal to insert other options and/or padding in between. The
current code would throw an error and stop reading in such a case.
Since Ack Vectors provide CCID-specific information, they are now processed
by the CCID directly, separating this functionality from the main DCCP code.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This removes
* functions for which updates have been provided in the preceding patches and
* the @av_vec_len field - it is no longer necessary since the buffer length is
now always computed dynamically.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
The problem with Ack Vectors is that
i) their length is variable and can in principle grow quite large,
ii) it is hard to predict exactly how large they will be.
Due to the second point it seems not a good idea to reduce the MPS; in
particular when on average there is enough room for the Ack Vector and an
increase in length is momentarily due to some burst loss, after which the
Ack Vector returns to its normal/average length.
The solution taken by this patch is to subtract a minimum-expected Ack Vector
length from the MPS, and to defer any larger Ack Vectors onto a separate
Sync - but only if indeed there is no space left on the skb.
This patch provides the infrastructure to schedule Sync-packets for transporting
(urgent) out-of-band data. Its signalling is quicker than scheduling an Ack, since
it does not need to wait for new application data.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This aggregates Ack Vector processing (handling input and clearing old state)
into one function, for the following reasons and benefits:
* all Ack Vector-specific processing is now in one place;
* duplicated code is removed;
* ensuring sanity: from an Ack Vector point of view, it is better to clear the
old state first before entering new state;
* Ack Event handling happens mostly within the CCIDs, not the main DCCP module.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This patch updates the code which registers new packets as received, using the
new circular buffer interface. It contributes a new algorithm which
* supports both tail/head pointers and buffer wrap-around and
* deals with overflow (head/tail move in lock-step).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This provides a routine to consistently update the buffer state when the
peer acknowledges receipt of Ack Vectors; updating state in the list of Ack
Vectors as well as in the circular buffer.
While based on RFC 4340, several additional (and necessary) precautions were
added to protect the consistency of the buffer state. These additions are
essential, since analysis and experience showed that the basic algorithm was
insufficient for this task (which lead to problems that were hard to debug).
The algorithm now
* deals with HC-sender acknowledging to HC-receiver and vice versa,
* keeps track of the last unacknowledged but received seqno in tail_ackno,
* has special cases to reset the overflow condition when appropriate,
* is protected against receiving older information (would mess up buffer state).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (66 commits)
can-bcm: fix minor heap overflow
gianfar: Do not call device_set_wakeup_enable() under a spinlock
ipv6: Warn users if maximum number of routes is reached.
docs: Add neigh/gc_thresh3 and route/max_size documentation.
axnet_cs: fix resume problem for some Ax88790 chip
ipv6: addrconf: don't remove address state on ifdown if the address is being kept
tcp: Don't change unlocked socket state in tcp_v4_err().
x25: Prevent crashing when parsing bad X.25 facilities
cxgb4vf: add call to Firmware to reset VF State.
cxgb4vf: Fail open if link_start() fails.
cxgb4vf: flesh out PCI Device ID Table ...
cxgb4vf: fix some errors in Gather List to skb conversion
cxgb4vf: fix bug in Generic Receive Offload
cxgb4vf: don't implement trivial (and incorrect) ndo_select_queue()
ixgbe: Look inside vlan when determining offload protocol.
bnx2x: Look inside vlan when determining checksum proto.
vlan: Add function to retrieve EtherType from vlan packets.
virtio-net: init link state correctly
ucc_geth: Fix deadlock
ucc_geth: Do not bring the whole IF down when TX failure.
...
On 64-bit platforms the ASCII representation of a pointer may be up to 17
bytes long. This patch increases the length of the buffer accordingly.
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=128872251418192&w=2
Reported-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
CC: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gives users at least some clue as to what the problem
might be and how to go about fixing it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, addrconf_ifdown does not delete statically configured IPv6
addresses when the interface is brought down. The intent is that when
the interface comes back up the address will be usable again. However,
this doesn't actually work, because the system stops listening on the
corresponding solicited-node multicast address, so the address cannot
respond to neighbor solicitations and thus receive traffic. Also, the
code notifies the rest of the system that the address is being deleted
(e.g, RTM_DELADDR), even though it is not. Fix it so that none of this
state is updated if the address is being kept on the interface.
Tested: Added a statically configured IPv6 address to an interface,
started ping, brought link down, brought link up again. When link came
up ping kept on going and "ip -6 maddr" showed that the host was still
subscribed to there
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexey Kuznetsov noticed a regression introduced by
commit f1ecd5d9e7
("Revert Backoff [v3]: Revert RTO on ICMP destination unreachable")
The RTO and timer modification code added to tcp_v4_err()
doesn't check sock_owned_by_user(), which if true means we
don't have exclusive access to the socket and therefore cannot
modify it's critical state.
Just skip this new code block if sock_owned_by_user() is true
and eliminate the now superfluous sock_owned_by_user() code
block contained within.
Reported-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Use modern RCU API / annotations for net_families array.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock).
This can easily be converted to a RCU protection.
Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Cypher Wu <cypher.w@gmail.com>
Cc: Américo Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now with improved comma support.
On parsing malformed X.25 facilities, decrementing the remaining length
may cause it to underflow. Since the length is an unsigned integer,
this will result in the loop continuing until the kernel crashes.
This patch adds checks to ensure decrementing the remaining length does
not cause it to wrap around.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parameter 'len' is size_t type so it will never get negative.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <mk@lab.zgora.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_total_size() calculates the length of a netlink message
including header and alignment. nla_total_size() calculates the
space an individual attribute consumes which was meant to be used
in this context.
Also, ensure to account for the attribute header for the
IFLA_INFO_XSTATS attribute as implementations of get_xstats_size()
seem to assume that we do so.
The addition of two message headers minus the missing attribute
header resulted in a calculated message size that was larger than
required. Therefore we never risked running out of skb tailroom.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ct->proto is big(60 bytes) due to structure ip_ct_tcp, and we don't need
to initialize the whole for all the other protocols. This patch moves
proto to the end of structure nf_conn, and pushes the initialization down
to the individual protocols.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The type of FRAG6_CB(prev)->offset is int, skb->len is *unsigned* int,
and offset is int.
Without this patch, type conversion occurred to this expression, when
(FRAG6_CB(prev)->offset + prev->len) is less than offset.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's
an output or an input route.
Make that explicit with some helper functions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding
extra atomic ops.
We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty
cheap in current kernel).
infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev
Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using
shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of
atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet.
About 5% speedup on routing test.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As noted by Steve Chen, since commit
f5fff5dc8a ("tcp: advertise MSS
requested by user") we can end up with a situation where
tcp_select_initial_window() does a divide by a zero (or
even negative) mss value.
The problem is that sometimes we effectively subtract
TCPOLEN_TSTAMP_ALIGNED and/or TCPOLEN_MD5SIG_ALIGNED from the mss.
Fix this by increasing the minimum from 8 to 64.
Reported-by: Steve Chen <schen@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This completes the implementation of a circular buffer for Ack Vectors, by
extending the current (linear array-based) implementation. The changes are:
(a) An `overflow' flag to deal with the case of overflow. As before, dynamic
growth of the buffer will not be supported; but code will be added to deal
robustly with overflowing Ack Vector buffers.
(b) A `tail_seqno' field. When naively implementing the algorithm of Appendix A
in RFC 4340, problems arise whenever subsequent Ack Vector records overlap,
which can bring the entire run length calculation completely out of synch.
(This is documented on http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/dccp/notes/\
ack_vectors/tracking_tail_ackno/ .)
(c) The buffer length is now computed dynamically (i.e. current fill level),
as the span between head to tail.
As a result, dccp_ackvec_pending() is now simpler - the #ifdef is no longer
necessary since buf_empty is always true when IP_DCCP_ACKVEC is not configured.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This patch
* separates Ack Vector housekeeping code from option-insertion code;
* shifts option-specific code from ackvec.c into options.c;
* introduces a dedicated routine to take care of the Ack Vector records;
* simplifies the dccp_ackvec_insert_avr() routine: the BUG_ON was redundant,
since the list is automatically arranged in descending order of ack_seqno.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This patch brings the Ack Vector interface up to date. Its main purpose is
to lay the basis for the subsequent patches of this set, which will use the
new data structure fields and routines.
There are no real algorithmic changes, rather an adaptation:
(1) Replaced the static Ack Vector size (2) with a #define so that it can
be adapted (with low loss / Ack Ratio, a value of 1 works, so 2 seems
to be sufficient for the moment) and added a solution so that computing
the ECN nonce will continue to work - even with larger Ack Vectors.
(2) Replaced the #defines for Ack Vector states with a complete enum.
(3) Replaced #defines to compute Ack Vector length and state with general
purpose routines (inlines), and updated code to use these.
(4) Added a `tail' field (conversion to circular buffer in subsequent patch).
(5) Updated the (outdated) documentation for Ack Vector struct.
(6) All sequence number containers now trimmed to 48 bits.
(7) Removal of unused bits:
* removed dccpav_ack_nonce from struct dccp_ackvec, since this is already
redundantly stored in the `dccpavr_ack_nonce' (of Ack Vector record);
* removed Elapsed Time for Ack Vectors (it was nowhere used);
* replaced semantics of dccpavr_sent_len with dccpavr_ack_runlen, since
the code needs to be able to remember the old run length;
* reduced the de-/allocation routines (redundant / duplicate tests).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB machine and found some limits were
reached : sysctl_tcp_mem[2], sysctl_udp_mem[2]
We can switch infrastructure to use long "instead" of "int", now
atomic_long_t primitives are available for free.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
packet_getname_spkt() doesn't initialize all members of sa_data field of
sockaddr struct if strlen(dev->name) < 13. This structure is then copied
to userland. It leads to leaking of contents of kernel stack memory.
We have to fully fill sa_data with strncpy() instead of strlcpy().
The same with packet_getname(): it doesn't initialize sll_pkttype field of
sockaddr_ll. Set it to zero.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a possibility malicious users can get limited information about
uninitialized stack mem array. Even if sk_run_filter() result is bound
to packet length (0 .. 65535), we could imagine this can be used by
hostile user.
Initializing mem[] array, like Dan Rosenberg suggested in his patch is
expensive since most filters dont even use this array.
Its hard to make the filter validation in sk_chk_filter(), because of
the jumps. This might be done later.
In this patch, I use a bitmap (a single long var) so that only filters
using mem[] loads/stores pay the price of added security checks.
For other filters, additional cost is a single instruction.
[ Since we access fentry->k a lot now, cache it in a local variable
and mark filter entry pointer as const. -DaveM ]
Reported-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes ax25_getname() doesn't initialize all members of fsa_digipeater
field of fsa struct, also the struct has padding bytes between
sax25_call and sax25_ndigis fields. This structure is then copied to
userland. It leads to leaking of contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The alignment used for reading data into or out of pages used to be taken
from the data_off field in the message header. This only worked as long
as the page alignment matched the object offset, breaking direct io to
non-page aligned offsets.
Instead, explicitly specify the page alignment next to the page vector
in the ceph_msg struct, and use that instead of the message header (which
probably shouldn't be trusted). The alloc_msg callback is responsible for
filling in this field properly when it sets up the page vector.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
We used to infer alignment of IOs within a page based on the file offset,
which assumed they matched. This broke with direct IO that was not aligned
to pages (e.g., 512-byte aligned IO). We were also trusting the alignment
specified in the OSD reply, which could have been adjusted by the server.
Explicitly specify the page alignment when setting up OSD IO requests.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Followup of commit ef885afbf8 (net: use rcu_barrier() in
rollback_registered_many)
dst_dev_event() scans a garbage dst list that might be feeded by various
network notifiers at device dismantle time.
Its important to call dst_dev_event() after other notifiers, or we might
enter the infamous msleep(250) in netdev_wait_allrefs(), and wait one
second before calling again call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER,
dev) to properly remove last device references.
Use priority -10 to let dst_dev_notifier be called after other network
notifiers (they have the default 0 priority)
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Reported-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Structure sockaddr_tipc is copied to userland with padding bytes after
"id" field in union field "name" unitialized. It leads to leaking of
contents of kernel stack memory. We have to initialize them to zero.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Coalesce long formats.
Align arguments.
Remove KERN_<level>.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8723e1b4ad (inet: RCU changes in inetdev_by_index())
forgot one call site in ip_mc_drop_socket()
We should not decrease idev refcount after inetdev_by_index() call,
since refcount is not increased anymore.
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Reported-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cause 'No Bonding' to be used if userspace has not yet been paired
with remote device since the l2cap socket used to create the rfcomm
session does not have any security level set.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.dentz-von@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Last commit added a wrong endianness conversion. Fixing that.
Reported-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In function l2cap_get_conf_opt() and l2cap_add_conf_opt() the address of
opt->val sometimes is not at the edge of 2-bytes/4-bytes, so 2-bytes/4 bytes
access will cause data misalignment exeception. Use get_unaligned_le16/32
and put_unaligned_le16/32 function to avoid data misalignment execption.
Signed-off-by: steven miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When initiating dedicated bonding a L2CAP raw socket with HIGH security
level is used. The kernel is supposed to trigger the authentication
request in this case but this doesn't happen currently for non-SSP
(pre-2.1) devices. The reason is that the authentication request happens
in the remote extended features callback which never gets called for
non-SSP devices. This patch fixes the issue by requesting also
authentiation in the (normal) remote features callback in the case of
non-SSP devices.
This rule is applied only for HIGH security level which might at first
seem unintuitive since on the server socket side MEDIUM is already
enough for authentication. However, for the clients we really want to
prefer the server side to decide the authentication requrement in most
cases, and since most client sockets use MEDIUM it's better to be
avoided on the kernel side for these sockets. The important socket to
request it for is the dedicated bonding one and that socket uses HIGH
security level.
The patch is based on the initial investigation and patch proposal from
Andrei Emeltchenko <endrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For client STA interfaces, ieee80211_do_stop unsets the relevant
interface's SDATA_STATE_RUNNING state bit prior to cancelling an
interrupted scan. When ieee80211_offchannel_return is invoked as
part of cancelling the scan, it doesn't bother unsetting the
SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit because it sees that the interface is
down. Normally this doesn't matter because when the client STA
interface is brought back up, it will probably issue a scan. But
in some cases (e.g., the user changes the interface type while it
is down), the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit will remain set. This
prevents the interface queues from being started. So we
cancel the scan before unsetting the SDATA_STATE_RUNNING bit.
Signed-off-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IS_ERR and PTR_ERR were called with the wrong pointer, leading to a
crash when cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex fails.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
unix_dgram_poll() is pretty expensive to check POLLOUT status, because
it has to lock the socket to get its peer, take a reference on the peer
to check its receive queue status, and queue another poll_wait on
peer_wait. This all can be avoided if the process calling
unix_dgram_poll() is not interested in POLLOUT status. It makes
unix_dgram_recvmsg() faster by not queueing irrelevant pollers in
peer_wait.
On a test program provided by Alan Crequy :
Before:
real 0m0.211s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.208s
After:
real 0m0.044s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.040s
Suggested-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Reported-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alban Crequy reported a problem with connected dgram af_unix sockets and
provided a test program. epoll() would miss to send an EPOLLOUT event
when a thread unqueues a packet from the other peer, making its receive
queue not full.
This is because unix_dgram_poll() fails to call sock_poll_wait(file,
&unix_sk(other)->peer_wait, wait);
if the socket is not writeable at the time epoll_ctl(ADD) is called.
We must call sock_poll_wait(), regardless of 'writable' status, so that
epoll can be notified later of states changes.
Misc: avoids testing twice (sk->sk_shutdown & RCV_SHUTDOWN)
Reported-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of wakeup all sleepers, use wake_up_interruptible_sync_poll() to
wakeup only ones interested into writing the socket.
This patch is a specialization of commit 37e5540b3c (epoll keyed
wakeups: make sockets use keyed wakeups).
On a test program provided by Alan Crequy :
Before:
real 0m3.101s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m6.104s
After:
real 0m0.211s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.208s
Reported-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in
dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose:
Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if
they cannot use RTNL.
Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management.
Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sgs allocation error path leaks the allocated message.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix a bug reported by backyes.
Right the first time pktgen's using queue_map that's not been initialized
by set_cur_queue_map(pkt_dev);
Signed-off-by: Junchang Wang <junchangwang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Backyes <backyes@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The type of FRAG6_CB(prev)->offset is int, skb->len is *unsigned* int,
and offset is int.
Without this patch, type conversion occurred to this expression, when
(FRAG6_CB(prev)->offset + prev->len) is less than offset.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The basic classifier keeps statistics but does not report it to user space.
This showed up when using basic classifier (with police) as a default catch
all on ingress; no statistics were reported.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should fix the following warning:
net/core/pktgen.c: In function ‘pktgen_if_write’:
net/core/pktgen.c:890: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Reviewed-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
inet_diag: Make sure we actually run the same bytecode we audited.
netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
fib: fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts
netfilter: ip6_tables: fix information leak to userspace
cls_cgroup: Fix crash on module unload
memory corruption in X.25 facilities parsing
net dst: fix percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
rds: Remove kfreed tcp conn from list
rds: Lost locking in loop connection freeing
de2104x: fix panic on load
atl1 : fix panic on load
netxen: remove unused firmware exports
caif: Remove noisy printout when disconnecting caif socket
caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
smsc911x: Set Ethernet EEPROM size to supported device's size
ipv4: netfilter: ip_tables: fix information leak to userland
ipv4: netfilter: arp_tables: fix information leak to userland
cxgb4vf: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
cxgb4: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
...
We were using nlmsg_find_attr() to look up the bytecode by attribute when
auditing, but then just using the first attribute when actually running
bytecode. So, if we received a message with two attribute elements, where only
the second had type INET_DIAG_REQ_BYTECODE, we would validate and run different
bytecode strings.
Fix this by consistently using nlmsg_find_attr everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit ebc0ffae5 (RCU conversion of fib_lookup()),
fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts anymore.
Thanks to Michael who did the bisection and bug report.
Reported-by: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Tested-by: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somewhere along the lines net_cls_subsys_id became a macro when
cls_cgroup is built as a module. Not only did it make cls_cgroup
completely useless, it also causes it to crash on module unload.
This patch fixes this by removing that macro.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet for diagnosing this problem.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Reviewed-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There're some percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten warnings
in recent kernel, which is resulted by fc66f95c.
commit fc66f95c switches to use percpu_counter, in ip6_route_net_init, kernel
init the percpu_counter for dst entries, but, the percpu_counter is never destroyed
in ip6_route_net_exit. So if the related data is freed by kernel, the freed percpu_counter
is still on the list, then if we insert/remove other percpu_counter, list corruption
resulted. Also, if the insert/remove option modifies the ->prev,->next pointer of
the freed value, the poison overwritten is resulted then.
With the following patch, the percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
warnings disappeared.
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Feng <dfeng@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: "Pekka Savola (ipv6)" <pekkas@netcore.fi>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the rds_tcp_connection objects are stored list, but when
being freed it should be removed from there.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conn is removed from list in there and this requires
proper lock protection.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Bugfix: SO_PRIORITY for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute priority instead.
o Bugfix: SO_BINDTODEVICE for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute ifindex instead.
o Wrong assert statement for RFM layer segmentation.
o CAIF Debug channels was not working over SPI, caif_payload_info
containing padding info must be initialized.
o Check on pointer before dereferencing when unregister dev in caif_dev.c
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Structure ipt_getinfo is copied to userland with the field "name"
that has the last elements unitialized. It leads to leaking of
contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Structure arpt_getinfo is copied to userland with the field "name"
that has the last elements unitialized. It leads to leaking of
contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the client gets out of sync with the server message sequence number, we
normally skip low seq messages (ones we already received). The skip code
was also incrementing the expected seq, such that all subsequent messages
also appeared old and got skipped, and an eventual timeout on the osd
connection. This resulted in some lagging requests and console messages
like
[233480.882885] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2016, expected 2017
[233480.882919] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2017, expected 2018
[233480.882963] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2018, expected 2019
[233480.883488] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2019, expected 2020
[233485.219558] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2020, expected 2021
[233485.906595] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2021, expected 2022
[233490.379536] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2022, expected 2023
[233495.523260] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2023, expected 2024
[233495.923194] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2024, expected 2025
[233500.534614] ceph: tid 6023602 timed out on osd22, will reset osd
Reported-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
In dev_pick_tx recompute the queue index if the value stored in the
socket is greater than or equal to the number of real queues for the
device. The saved index in the sock structure is not guaranteed to
be appropriate for the egress device (this could happen on a route
change or in presence of tunnelling). The result of the queue index
being bad would be to return a bogus queue (crash could prersumably
follow).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'sparse' spotted that the parameters to kzalloc in l2tp_dfs_seq_open
were swapped.
Tested on current git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git
at 1792f17b72 build, boots and I can see that directory,
but there again I could see /sys/kernel/debug/l2tp with it swapped; I don't have
any l2tp in use.
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <linux@treblig.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While validating the configuration em_ops is already set, thus the
individual destroy functions are called, but the ematch data has
not been allocated and associated with the ematch yet.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
isdn: mISDN: socket: fix information leak to userland
netdev: can: Change mail address of Hans J. Koch
pcnet_cs: add new_id
net: Truncate recvfrom and sendto length to INT_MAX.
RDS: Let rds_message_alloc_sgs() return NULL
RDS: Copy rds_iovecs into kernel memory instead of rereading from userspace
RDS: Clean up error handling in rds_cmsg_rdma_args
RDS: Return -EINVAL if rds_rdma_pages returns an error
net: fix rds_iovec page count overflow
can: pch_can: fix section mismatch warning by using a whitelisted name
can: pch_can: fix sparse warning
netxen_nic: Fix the tx queue manipulation bug in netxen_nic_probe
ip_gre: fix fallback tunnel setup
vmxnet: trivial annotation of protocol constant
vmxnet3: remove unnecessary byteswapping in BAR writing macros
ipv6/udp: report SndbufErrors and RcvbufErrors
phy/marvell: rename 88ec048 to 88e1318s and fix mscr1 addr
Even with the previous fix, we still are reading the iovecs once
to determine SGs needed, and then again later on. Preallocating
space for sg lists as part of rds_message seemed like a good idea
but it might be better to not do this. While working to redo that
code, this patch attempts to protect against userspace rewriting
the rds_iovec array between the first and second accesses.
The consequences of this would be either a too-small or too-large
sg list array. Too large is not an issue. This patch changes all
callers of message_alloc_sgs to handle running out of preallocated
sgs, and fail gracefully.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change rds_rdma_pages to take a passed-in rds_iovec array instead
of doing copy_from_user itself.
Change rds_cmsg_rdma_args to copy rds_iovec array once only. This
eliminates the possibility of userspace changing it after our
sanity checks.
Implement stack-based storage for small numbers of iovecs, based
on net/socket.c, to save an alloc in the extremely common case.
Although this patch reduces iovec copies in cmsg_rdma_args to 1,
we still do another one in rds_rdma_extra_size. Getting rid of
that one will be trickier, so it'll be a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to set ret = 0 at the end -- it's initialized to 0.
Also, don't increment s_send_rdma stat if we're exiting with an
error.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rds_cmsg_rdma_args would still return success even if rds_rdma_pages
returned an error (or overflowed).
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Thomas Pollet, the rdma page counting can overflow. We
get the rdma sizes in 64-bit unsigned entities, but then limit it to
UINT_MAX bytes and shift them down to pages (so with a possible "+1" for
an unaligned address).
So each individual page count fits comfortably in an 'unsigned int' (not
even close to overflowing into signed), but as they are added up, they
might end up resulting in a signed return value. Which would be wrong.
Catch the case of tot_pages turning negative, and return the appropriate
error code.
Reported-by: Thomas Pollet <thomas.pollet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before making the fallback tunnel visible to lookups, we should make
sure it is completely setup, once ipgre_tunnel_init() had been called
and tstats per_cpu pointer allocated.
move rcu_assign_pointer(ign->tunnels_wc[0], tunnel); from
ipgre_fb_tunnel_init() to ipgre_init_net()
Based on a patch from Pavel Emelyanov
Reported-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit a18135eb93 (Add UDP_MIB_{SND,RCV}BUFERRORS handling.)
forgot to make the necessary changes in net/ipv6/proc.c to report
additional counters in /proc/net/snmp6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
b43: Fix warning at drivers/mmc/core/core.c:237 in mmc_wait_for_cmd
mac80211: fix failure to check kmalloc return value in key_key_read
libertas: Fix sd8686 firmware reload
ath9k: Fix incorrect access of rate flags in RC
netfilter: xt_socket: Make tproto signed in socket_mt6_v1().
stmmac: enable/disable rx/tx in the core with a single write.
net: atarilance - flags should be unsigned long
netxen: fix kdump
pktgen: Limit how much data we copy onto the stack.
net: Limit socket I/O iovec total length to INT_MAX.
USB: gadget: fix ethernet gadget crash in gether_setup
fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
cxgb3: Fix panic in free_tx_desc()
cxgb3: fix crash due to manipulating queues before registration
8390: Don't oops on starting dev queue
dccp ccid-2: Stop polling
dccp: Refine the wait-for-ccid mechanism
dccp: Extend CCID packet dequeueing interface
dccp: Return-value convention of hc_tx_send_packet()
igbvf: fix panic on load
...
I noticed two small issues in mac80211/debugfs_key.c::key_key_read while
reading through the code. Patch below.
The key_key_read() function returns ssize_t and the value that's actually
returned is the return value of simple_read_from_buffer() which also
returns ssize_t, so let's hold the return value in a ssize_t local
variable rather than a int one.
Also, memory is allocated dynamically with kmalloc() which can fail, but
the return value of kmalloc() is not checked, so we may end up operating
on a null pointer further on. So check for a NULL return and bail out with
-ENOMEM in that case.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While doing __rcu annotations work on net/netfilter I found following
bug. On some arches, it is possible we publish a table while its content
is not yet committed to memory, and lockless reader can dereference wild
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_core.c:52: warning: 'nf_nat_proto_find_get' defined but not used
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_core.c:66: warning: 'nf_nat_proto_put' defined but not used
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Otherwise error indications from ipv6_find_hdr() won't be noticed.
This required making the protocol argument to extract_icmp6_fields()
signed too.
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A program that accidentally writes too much data to the pktgen file can overflow
the kernel stack and oops the machine. This is only triggerable by root, so
there's no security issue, but it's still an unfortunate bug.
printk() won't print more than 1024 bytes in a single call, anyways, so let's
just never copy more than that much data. We're on a fairly shallow stack, so
that should be safe even with CONFIG_4KSTACKS.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helps protect us from overflow issues down in the
individual protocol sendmsg/recvmsg handlers. Once
we hit INT_MAX we truncate out the rest of the iovec
by setting the iov_len members to zero.
This works because:
1) For SOCK_STREAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, partial
writes are allowed and the application will just continue
with another write to send the rest of the data.
2) For datagram oriented sockets, where there must be a
one-to-one correspondance between write() calls and
packets on the wire, INT_MAX is going to be far larger
than the packet size limit the protocol is going to
check for and signal with -EMSGSIZE.
Based upon a patch by Linus Torvalds.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we stop a namespace we flush the table and free one, but the
added fn_zone-s (and their hashes if grown) are leaked. Need to free.
Tries releases all its stuff in the flushing code.
Shame on us - this bug exists since the very first make-fib-per-net
patches in 2.6.27 :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This updates CCID-2 to use the CCID dequeuing mechanism, converting from
previous continuous-polling to a now event-driven mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends the existing wait-for-ccid routine so that it may be used with
different types of CCID, addressing the following problems:
1) The queue-drain mechanism only works with rate-based CCIDs. If CCID-2 for
example has a full TX queue and becomes network-limited just as the
application wants to close, then waiting for CCID-2 to become unblocked
could lead to an indefinite delay (i.e., application "hangs").
2) Since each TX CCID in turn uses a feedback mechanism, there may be changes
in its sending policy while the queue is being drained. This can lead to
further delays during which the application will not be able to terminate.
3) The minimum wait time for CCID-3/4 can be expected to be the queue length
times the current inter-packet delay. For example if tx_qlen=100 and a delay
of 15 ms is used for each packet, then the application would have to wait
for a minimum of 1.5 seconds before being allowed to exit.
4) There is no way for the user/application to control this behaviour. It would
be good to use the timeout argument of dccp_close() as an upper bound. Then
the maximum time that an application is willing to wait for its CCIDs to can
be set via the SO_LINGER option.
These problems are addressed by giving the CCID a grace period of up to the
`timeout' value.
The wait-for-ccid function is, as before, used when the application
(a) has read all the data in its receive buffer and
(b) if SO_LINGER was set with a non-zero linger time, or
(c) the socket is either in the OPEN (active close) or in the PASSIVE_CLOSEREQ
state (client application closes after receiving CloseReq).
In addition, there is a catch-all case of __skb_queue_purge() after waiting for
the CCID. This is necessary since the write queue may still have data when
(a) the host has been passively-closed,
(b) abnormal termination (unread data, zero linger time),
(c) wait-for-ccid could not finish within the given time limit.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends the packet dequeuing interface of dccp_write_xmit() to allow
1. CCIDs to take care of timing when the next packet may be sent;
2. delayed sending (as before, with an inter-packet gap up to 65.535 seconds).
The main purpose is to take CCID-2 out of its polling mode (when it is network-
limited, it tries every millisecond to send, without interruption).
The mode of operation for (2) is as follows:
* new packet is enqueued via dccp_sendmsg() => dccp_write_xmit(),
* ccid_hc_tx_send_packet() detects that it may not send (e.g. window full),
* it signals this condition via `CCID_PACKET_WILL_DEQUEUE_LATER',
* dccp_write_xmit() returns without further action;
* after some time the wait-condition for CCID becomes true,
* that CCID schedules the tasklet,
* tasklet function calls ccid_hc_tx_send_packet() via dccp_write_xmit(),
* since the wait-condition is now true, ccid_hc_tx_packet() returns "send now",
* packet is sent, and possibly more (since dccp_write_xmit() loops).
Code reuse: the taskled function calls dccp_write_xmit(), the timer function
reduces to a wrapper around the same code.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reorganises the return value convention of the CCID TX sending
function, to permit more flexible schemes, as required by subsequent patches.
Currently the convention is
* values < 0 mean error,
* a value == 0 means "send now", and
* a value x > 0 means "send in x milliseconds".
The patch provides symbolic constants and a function to interpret return values.
In addition, it caps the maximum positive return value to 0xFFFF milliseconds,
corresponding to 65.535 seconds. This is possible since in CCID-3/4 the
maximum possible inter-packet gap is fixed at t_mbi = 64 sec.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ensures that a read(fd, NULL, 10) returns EFAULT on a 9p file.
Signed-off-by: Sanchit Garg <sancgarg@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4] datasync[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
If datasync flag is specified data will be fleshed but does not flush
modified metadata unless that metadata is needed in order to allow a
subsequent data retrieval to be correctly handled.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
We need to return error in case we fail to encode data in protocol buffer.
This patch also return error in case of a failed copy_from_user.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
If there is not enough space for the PDU on the VirtIO ring, current
code returns -EIO propagating the error to user.
This patch introduced a wqit_queue on the channel, and lets the process
wait on this queue until VirtIO ring frees up.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TReadlink tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] RReadlink tag[2] target[s]
Description
Readlink is used to return the contents of the symoblic link
referred by fid. Contents of symboic link is returned as a
response.
target[s] - Contents of the symbolic link referred by fid.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TGetlock tag[2] fid[4] getlock[n]
size[4] RGetlock tag[2] getlock[n]
Description
TGetlock is used to test for the existence of byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains getlock structure. If the lock could
be placed it returns F_UNLCK in type field of getlock structure. Otherwise it
returns the details of the conflicting locks in the getlock structure
getlock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to check for the lock
If length is 0, check for lock in all bytes starting at the location
'start' through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock/owns the task
in case of reply
client[4] - Client id of the system that owns the process which
has the conflicting lock
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TLock tag[2] fid[4] flock[n]
size[4] RLock tag[2] status[1]
Description
Tlock is used to acquire/release byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains status of the lock request
flock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
flags[4] - Flags could be either of
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_BLOCK - Blocked lock request, if there is a
conflicting lock exists, wait for that lock to be released.
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM - Reclaim lock request, used when client is
trying to reclaim a lock after a server restrart (due to crash)
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to lock
If length is 0, lock all bytes starting at the location 'start'
through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock
client_id[4] - Unique client id
status[1] - Status of the lock request, can be
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS(0), P9_LOCK_BLOCKED(1), P9_LOCK_ERROR(2) or
P9_LOCK_GRACE(3)
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS - Request was successful
P9_LOCK_BLOCKED - A conflicting lock is held by another process
P9_LOCK_ERROR - Error while processing the lock request
P9_LOCK_GRACE - Server is in grace period, it can't accept new lock
requests in this period (except locks with
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM flag set)
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
commit ea781f197d (use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and get rid of call_rcu())
did a mistake in __vmalloc() call in nf_ct_alloc_hashtable().
I forgot to add __GFP_HIGHMEM, so pages were taken from LOWMEM only.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
After making rcu protection for tunnels (ipip, gre, sit and ip6) a bug
was introduced into the SIOCCHGTUNNEL code.
The tunnel is first unlinked, then addresses change, then it is linked
back probably into another bucket. But while changing the parms, the
hash table is unlocked to readers and they can lookup the improper tunnel.
Respective commits are b7285b79 (ipip: get rid of ipip_lock), 1507850b
(gre: get rid of ipgre_lock), 3a43be3c (sit: get rid of ipip6_lock) and
94767632 (ip6tnl: get rid of ip6_tnl_lock).
The quick fix is to wait for quiescent state to pass after unlinking,
but if it is inappropriate I can invent something better, just let me
know.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 651b52254f added DS Parameter Set
information into Probe Request frames that are transmitted on 2.4 GHz
band, but it failed to increment local->scan_ies_len to cover this new
information. This variable needs to be updated to match the maximum IE
data length so that the extra buffer need gets reduced from the driver
limit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds __rcu annotations to inetpeer
(struct inet_peer)->avl_left
(struct inet_peer)->avl_right
This is a tedious cleanup, but removes one smp_wmb() from link_to_pool()
since we now use more self documenting rcu_assign_pointer().
Note the use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() instead of rcu_assign_pointer() in
all cases we dont need a memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds __rcu annotation to (struct fib_rule)->ctarget
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_tunnel)->prl
(struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry)->next
(struct xfrm_tunnel)->next
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel4_handlers
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel64_handlers
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
struct net_protocol *inet_protos
struct net_protocol *inet6_protos
And use appropriate casts to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct dst_entry)->rt_next
(struct rt_hash_bucket)->chain
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After running this bonding setup script
modprobe bonding miimon=100 mode=0 max_bonds=1
ifconfig bond0 10.1.1.1/16
ifenslave bond0 eth1
ifenslave bond0 eth3
on s390 with qeth-driven slaves, modprobe -r fails with this message
unregister_netdevice: waiting for bond0 to become free. Usage count = 1
due to twice detection of duplicate address.
Problem is caused by a missing decrease of ifp->refcnt in addrconf_dad_failure.
An extra call of in6_ifa_put(ifp) solves it.
Problem has been introduced with commit f2344a131b.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_HW_CSUM indicates the ability to update an TCP/IP-style 16-bit
checksum with the checksum of an arbitrary part of the packet data,
whereas the FCoE CRC is something entirely different.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32+]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_can_checksum() incorrectly returns true in these cases:
1. The skb has both out-of-band and in-band VLAN tags and the device
supports checksum offload for the encapsulated protocol but only with
one layer of encapsulation.
2. The skb has a VLAN tag and the device supports generic checksumming
but not in conjunction with VLAN encapsulation.
Rearrange the VLAN tag checks to avoid these.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6: (52 commits)
split invalidate_inodes()
fs: skip I_FREEING inodes in writeback_sb_inodes
fs: fold invalidate_list into invalidate_inodes
fs: do not drop inode_lock in dispose_list
fs: inode split IO and LRU lists
fs: switch bdev inode bdi's correctly
fs: fix buffer invalidation in invalidate_list
fsnotify: use dget_parent
smbfs: use dget_parent
exportfs: use dget_parent
fs: use RCU read side protection in d_validate
fs: clean up dentry lru modification
fs: split __shrink_dcache_sb
fs: improve DCACHE_REFERENCED usage
fs: use percpu counter for nr_dentry and nr_dentry_unused
fs: simplify __d_free
fs: take dcache_lock inside __d_path
fs: do not assign default i_ino in new_inode
fs: introduce a per-cpu last_ino allocator
new helper: ihold()
...
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB system and found af_unix was overflowing
a 32bit value :
<quote>
We were seeing a failure which prevented boot. The kernel was incapable
of creating either a named pipe or unix domain socket. This comes down
to a common kernel function called unix_create1() which does:
atomic_inc(&unix_nr_socks);
if (atomic_read(&unix_nr_socks) > 2 * get_max_files())
goto out;
The function get_max_files() is a simple return of files_stat.max_files.
files_stat.max_files is a signed integer and is computed in
fs/file_table.c's files_init().
n = (mempages * (PAGE_SIZE / 1024)) / 10;
files_stat.max_files = n;
In our case, mempages (total_ram_pages) is approx 3,758,096,384
(0xe0000000). That leaves max_files at approximately 1,503,238,553.
This causes 2 * get_max_files() to integer overflow.
</quote>
Fix is to let /proc/sys/fs/file-nr & /proc/sys/fs/file-max use long
integers, and change af_unix to use an atomic_long_t instead of atomic_t.
get_max_files() is changed to return an unsigned long. get_nr_files() is
changed to return a long.
unix_nr_socks is changed from atomic_t to atomic_long_t, while not
strictly needed to address Robin problem.
Before patch (on a 64bit kernel) :
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
-18446744071562067968
After patch:
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
2147483648
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-nr
704 0 2147483648
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Tested-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There is a bug in the interaction between ipv6_create_tempaddr and
addrconf_verify. Because ipv6_create_tempaddr uses the cstamp and tstamp
from the public address in creating a private address, if we have not
received a router advertisement in a while, tstamp + temp_valid_lft might be
< now. If this happens, the new address is created inside
ipv6_create_tempaddr, then the loop within addrconf_verify starts again and
the address is immediately deleted. We are left with no temporary addresses
on the interface, and no more will be created until the public IP address is
updated. To avoid this, set the expiry time to be the minimum of the time
left on the public address or the config option PLUS the current age of the
public interface.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Wurster <gwurster@scs.carleton.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If privacy extentions are enabled, but no current temporary address exists,
then create one when we get a router advertisement.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Wurster <gwurster@scs.carleton.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While fixing CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER errors, I had to fix accesses to
fz->fz_hash for real.
- &fz->fz_hash[fn_hash(f->fn_key, fz)]
+ rcu_dereference(fz->fz_hash) + fn_hash(f->fn_key, fz)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some panic reports in fib_rules_lookup() show a rule could have a NULL
pointer as a next pointer in the rules_list.
This can actually happen because of a bug in fib_nl_newrule() : It
checks if current rule is the destination of unresolved gotos. (Other
rules have gotos to this about to be inserted rule)
Problem is it does the resolution of the gotos before the rule is
inserted in the rules_list (and has a valid next pointer)
Fix this by moving the rules_list insertion before the changes on gotos.
A lockless reader can not any more follow a ctarget pointer, unless
destination is ready (has a valid next pointer)
Reported-by: Oleg A. Arkhangelsky <sysoleg@yandex.ru>
Reported-by: Joe Buehler <aspam@cox.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.37' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (99 commits)
svcrpc: svc_tcp_sendto XPT_DEAD check is redundant
svcrpc: no need for XPT_DEAD check in svc_xprt_enqueue
svcrpc: assume svc_delete_xprt() called only once
svcrpc: never clear XPT_BUSY on dead xprt
nfsd4: fix connection allocation in sequence()
nfsd4: only require krb5 principal for NFSv4.0 callbacks
nfsd4: move minorversion to client
nfsd4: delay session removal till free_client
nfsd4: separate callback change and callback probe
nfsd4: callback program number is per-session
nfsd4: track backchannel connections
nfsd4: confirm only on succesful create_session
nfsd4: make backchannel sequence number per-session
nfsd4: use client pointer to backchannel session
nfsd4: move callback setup into session init code
nfsd4: don't cache seq_misordered replies
SUNRPC: Properly initialize sock_xprt.srcaddr in all cases
SUNRPC: Use conventional switch statement when reclassifying sockets
sunrpc/xprtrdma: clean up workqueue usage
sunrpc: Turn list_for_each-s into the ..._entry-s
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (two different deprecation notices added in
separate branches) in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
* 'nfs-for-2.6.37' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
net/sunrpc: Use static const char arrays
nfs4: fix channel attribute sanity-checks
NFSv4.1: Use more sensible names for 'initialize_mountpoint'
NFSv4.1: pnfs: filelayout: add driver's LAYOUTGET and GETDEVICEINFO infrastructure
NFSv4.1: pnfs: add LAYOUTGET and GETDEVICEINFO infrastructure
NFS: client needs to maintain list of inodes with active layouts
NFS: create and destroy inode's layout cache
NFSv4.1: pnfs: filelayout: introduce minimal file layout driver
NFSv4.1: pnfs: full mount/umount infrastructure
NFS: set layout driver
NFS: ask for layouttypes during v4 fsinfo call
NFS: change stateid to be a union
NFSv4.1: pnfsd, pnfs: protocol level pnfs constants
SUNRPC: define xdr_decode_opaque_fixed
NFSD: remove duplicate NFS4_STATEID_SIZE
Instead of always assigning an increasing inode number in new_inode
move the call to assign it into those callers that actually need it.
For now callers that need it is estimated conservatively, that is
the call is added to all filesystems that do not assign an i_ino
by themselves. For a few more filesystems we can avoid assigning
any inode number given that they aren't user visible, and for others
it could be done lazily when an inode number is actually needed,
but that's left for later patches.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Andrew,
Could you please review this patch, you probably are the right guy to
take it, because it crosses fs and net trees.
Note : /proc/sys/fs/file-nr is a read-only file, so this patch doesnt
depend on previous patch (sysctl: fix min/max handling in
__do_proc_doulongvec_minmax())
Thanks !
[PATCH V4] fs: allow for more than 2^31 files
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB system and found af_unix was overflowing
a 32bit value :
<quote>
We were seeing a failure which prevented boot. The kernel was incapable
of creating either a named pipe or unix domain socket. This comes down
to a common kernel function called unix_create1() which does:
atomic_inc(&unix_nr_socks);
if (atomic_read(&unix_nr_socks) > 2 * get_max_files())
goto out;
The function get_max_files() is a simple return of files_stat.max_files.
files_stat.max_files is a signed integer and is computed in
fs/file_table.c's files_init().
n = (mempages * (PAGE_SIZE / 1024)) / 10;
files_stat.max_files = n;
In our case, mempages (total_ram_pages) is approx 3,758,096,384
(0xe0000000). That leaves max_files at approximately 1,503,238,553.
This causes 2 * get_max_files() to integer overflow.
</quote>
Fix is to let /proc/sys/fs/file-nr & /proc/sys/fs/file-max use long
integers, and change af_unix to use an atomic_long_t instead of
atomic_t.
get_max_files() is changed to return an unsigned long.
get_nr_files() is changed to return a long.
unix_nr_socks is changed from atomic_t to atomic_long_t, while not
strictly needed to address Robin problem.
Before patch (on a 64bit kernel) :
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
-18446744071562067968
After patch:
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
2147483648
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-nr
704 0 2147483648
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Tested-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
If any xprt marked DEAD is also left BUSY for the rest of its life, then
the XPT_DEAD check here is superfluous--we'll get the same result from
the XPT_BUSY check just after.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
As long as DEAD exports are left BUSY, and svc_delete_xprt is called
only with BUSY held, then svc_delete_xprt() will never be called on an
xprt that is already DEAD.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Once an xprt has been deleted, there's no reason to allow it to be
enqueued--at worst, that might cause the xprt to be re-added to some
global list, resulting in later corruption.
Also, note this leaves us with no need for the reference-count
manipulation here.
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_ra_chain)->next
struct ip_ra_chain *ip_ra_chain;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotation to :
(struct sock)->sk_filter
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add __rcu annotation to (struct net)->gen, and use
rcu_dereference_protected() in net_assign_generic()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct netdev_rx_queue)->rps_map
(struct netdev_rx_queue)->rps_flow_table
struct rps_sock_flow_table *rps_sock_flow_table;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the previous tproxy related patches split IPv6 defragmentation and
connection tracking, but did not correctly add Kconfig stanzas to handle the
new dependencies correctly. This patch fixes that by making the config options
mirror the setup we have for IPv4: a distinct config option for defragmentation
that is automatically selected by both connection tracking and
xt_TPROXY/xt_socket.
The patch also changes the #ifdefs enclosing IPv6 specific code in xt_socket
and xt_TPROXY: we only compile these in case we have ip6tables support enabled.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'nfs-for-2.6.37' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (67 commits)
SUNRPC: Cleanup duplicate assignment in rpcauth_refreshcred
nfs: fix unchecked value
Ask for time_delta during fsinfo probe
Revalidate caches on lock
SUNRPC: After calling xprt_release(), we must restart from call_reserve
NFSv4: Fix up the 'dircount' hint in encode_readdir
NFSv4: Clean up nfs4_decode_dirent
NFSv4: nfs4_decode_dirent must clear entry->fattr->valid
NFSv4: Fix a regression in decode_getfattr
NFSv4: Fix up decode_attr_filehandle() to handle the case of empty fh pointer
NFS: Ensure we check all allocation return values in new readdir code
NFS: Readdir plus in v4
NFS: introduce generic decode_getattr function
NFS: check xdr_decode for errors
NFS: nfs_readdir_filler catch all errors
NFS: readdir with vmapped pages
NFS: remove page size checking code
NFS: decode_dirent should use an xdr_stream
SUNRPC: Add a helper function xdr_inline_peek
NFS: remove readdir plus limit
...
(struct ip6_tnl)->next is rcu protected :
(struct ip_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
(struct xfrm6_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->garp_port is rcu protected :
(struct garp_port)->applicants is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->ip6_ptr is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->vlgrp is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three is definitely too low, and we know from reports that GRE tunnels
stacked as deeply as 37 levels cause stack overflows, so pick some
reasonable value between those two.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Station addition in ieee80211_ibss_rx_queued_mgmt is not updating
sta->last_rx which is causing station expiry in ieee80211_ibss_work
path. So sta addition and deletion happens repeatedly.
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch 4f366c5:
wireless: only use alpha2 regulatory information from country IE
removed some complex intersection we were always doing between the AP's
country IE info and what we got from CRDA. When CRDA sent us back a
regulatory domain we would do some sanity checks on that regulatory
domain response we just got. Part of these sanity checks included
checking that we already had performed an intersection for the
request of NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE type.
This mean that cfg80211 was only processing country IEs for cases
where we already had an intersection, but since we removed enforcing
this this is no longer required, we should just apply the country
IE country hint with the data received from CRDA.
This patch has fixes intended for kernels >= 2.6.36.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I found this bug while poking around with a pure-gn AP.
Commit:
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control
Added some sanity checks to ensure that each tx rate index
is included in the configured mask and it would change any
rate indexes if it wasn't.
But, the current implementation doesn't take into account
that the invalid rate index "-1" has a special meaning
(= no further attempts) and it should not be "changed".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iee80211_hw->restart_work is the only work which uses the system
workqueue. Instead of calling flush_scheduled_work() during
iee80211_exit(), cancel the work during unregistration.
This is to prepare for the deprecation and removal of
flush_scheduled_work().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Read external interrupts parameters from the lowcore in the first
level interrupt handler in entry[64].S.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Causes these build failures on PowerPC:
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1228: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_tunnel_closeall causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1228: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_tunnel_closeall causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1006: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_xmit_core causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1006: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_xmit_core causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:847: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_udp_recv_core causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:847: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_udp_recv_core causes a section type conflict
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 6c04bb18dd (netlink: use call_rcu for netlink_change_ngroups)
used a somewhat convoluted and racy way to perform call_rcu().
The old block of memory is freed after a grace period, but the rcu_head
used to track it is located in new block.
This can clash if we call two times or more netlink_change_ngroups(),
and a block is freed before another. call_rcu() called on different cpus
makes no guarantee in order of callbacks.
Fix this using a more standard way of handling this : Each block of
memory contains its own rcu_head, so that no 'use after free' can
happens.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP_TRANSPARENT requires root (more precisely CAP_NET_ADMIN privielges)
for IPV6.
However as I see right now this check was missed from the IPv6
implementation.
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_tunnel device did not unset the flag,
IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE. This will make the dev layer
to release the dst before calling the tunnel.
The tunnel will not update any mtu/pmtu info, since
it does not have a dst on the skb.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The temporary variable "i" is needlessly initialized to zero
in two distinct cases in this file:
1) where it is set to zero and then used as an argument in an addition
before being assigned a non-zero value.
2) where it is only used in a standard/typical loop counter
For (1), simply delete assignment to zero and usages while still
zero; for (2) simply make the loop start at zero as per standard
practice as seen everywhere else in the same file.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also moved the refcound inlines from l2tp_core.h to l2tp_core.c
since only used in that one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We sometimes need to be able to read ahead in an xdr_stream without
incrementing the current pointer position.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6: (49 commits)
serial8250: ratelimit "too much work" error
serial: bfin_sport_uart: speed up sport RX sample rate to be 3% faster
serial: abstraction for 8250 legacy ports
serial/imx: check that the buffer is non-empty before sending it out
serial: mfd: add more baud rates support
jsm: Remove the uart port on errors
Alchemy: Add UART PM methods.
8250: allow platforms to override PM hook.
altera_uart: Don't use plain integer as NULL pointer
altera_uart: Fix missing prototype for registering an early console
altera_uart: Fixup type usage of port flags
altera_uart: Make it possible to use Altera UART and 8250 ports together
altera_uart: Add support for different address strides
altera_uart: Add support for getting mapbase and IRQ from resources
altera_uart: Add support for polling mode (IRQ-less)
serial: Factor out uart_poll_timeout() from 8250 driver
serial: mark the 8250 driver as maintained
serial: 8250: Don't delay after transmitter is ready.
tty: MAINTAINERS: add drivers/serial/jsm/ as maintained driver
vcs: invoke the vt update callback when /dev/vcs* is written to
...
* 'llseek' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/bkl:
vfs: make no_llseek the default
vfs: don't use BKL in default_llseek
llseek: automatically add .llseek fop
libfs: use generic_file_llseek for simple_attr
mac80211: disallow seeks in minstrel debug code
lirc: make chardev nonseekable
viotape: use noop_llseek
raw: use explicit llseek file operations
ibmasmfs: use generic_file_llseek
spufs: use llseek in all file operations
arm/omap: use generic_file_llseek in iommu_debug
lkdtm: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
net/wireless: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
drm: use noop_llseek
* 'config' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/bkl:
BKL: introduce CONFIG_BKL.
dabusb: remove the BKL
sunrpc: remove the big kernel lock
init/main.c: remove BKL notations
blktrace: remove the big kernel lock
rtmutex-tester: make it build without BKL
dvb-core: kill the big kernel lock
dvb/bt8xx: kill the big kernel lock
tlclk: remove big kernel lock
fix rawctl compat ioctls breakage on amd64 and itanic
uml: kill big kernel lock
parisc: remove big kernel lock
cris: autoconvert trivial BKL users
alpha: kill big kernel lock
isapnp: BKL removal
s390/block: kill the big kernel lock
hpet: kill BKL, add compat_ioctl
Again basically cut and paste
Convert the main driver set to use the hooks for GICOUNT
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (29 commits)
sched: Export account_system_vtime()
sched: Call tick_check_idle before __irq_enter
sched: Remove irq time from available CPU power
sched: Do not account irq time to current task
x86: Add IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING
sched: Add IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING, finer accounting of irq time
sched: Add a PF flag for ksoftirqd identification
sched: Consolidate account_system_vtime extern declaration
sched: Fix softirq time accounting
sched: Drop group_capacity to 1 only if local group has extra capacity
sched: Force balancing on newidle balance if local group has capacity
sched: Set group_imb only a task can be pulled from the busiest cpu
sched: Do not consider SCHED_IDLE tasks to be cache hot
sched: Drop all load weight manipulation for RT tasks
sched: Create special class for stop/migrate work
sched: Unindent labels
sched: Comment updates: fix default latency and granularity numbers
tracing/sched: Add sched_pi_setprio tracepoint
sched: Give CPU bound RT tasks preference
sched: Try not to migrate higher priority RT tasks
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/security-testing-2.6: (26 commits)
selinux: include vmalloc.h for vmalloc_user
secmark: fix config problem when CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SECMARK is not set
selinux: implement mmap on /selinux/policy
SELinux: allow userspace to read policy back out of the kernel
SELinux: drop useless (and incorrect) AVTAB_MAX_SIZE
SELinux: deterministic ordering of range transition rules
kernel: roundup should only reference arguments once
kernel: rounddown helper function
secmark: export secctx, drop secmark in procfs
conntrack: export lsm context rather than internal secid via netlink
security: secid_to_secctx returns len when data is NULL
secmark: make secmark object handling generic
secmark: do not return early if there was no error
AppArmor: Ensure the size of the copy is < the buffer allocated to hold it
TOMOYO: Print URL information before panic().
security: remove unused parameter from security_task_setscheduler()
tpm: change 'tpm_suspend_pcr' to be module parameter
selinux: fix up style problem on /selinux/status
selinux: change to new flag variable
selinux: really fix dependency causing parallel compile failure.
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (22 commits)
ceph: do not carry i_lock for readdir from dcache
fs/ceph/xattr.c: Use kmemdup
rbd: passing wrong variable to bvec_kunmap_irq()
rbd: null vs ERR_PTR
ceph: fix num_pages_free accounting in pagelist
ceph: add CEPH_MDS_OP_SETDIRLAYOUT and associated ioctl.
ceph: don't crash when passed bad mount options
ceph: fix debugfs warnings
block: rbd: removing unnecessary test
block: rbd: fixed may leaks
ceph: switch from BKL to lock_flocks()
ceph: preallocate flock state without locks held
ceph: add pagelist_reserve, pagelist_truncate, pagelist_set_cursor
ceph: use mapping->nrpages to determine if mapping is empty
ceph: only invalidate on check_caps if we actually have pages
ceph: do not hide .snap in root directory
rbd: introduce rados block device (rbd), based on libceph
ceph: factor out libceph from Ceph file system
ceph-rbd: osdc support for osd call and rollback operations
ceph: messenger and osdc changes for rbd
...
The REDIRECT target and the older TProxy versions used the primary address
of the incoming interface as the default value of the --on-ip parameter.
This was unintentionally changed during the initial TProxy submission and
caused confusion among users.
Since IPv6 has no notion of primary address, we just select the first address
on the list: this way the socket lookup finds wildcard bound sockets
properly and we cannot really do better without the user telling us the
IPv6 address of the proxy.
This is implemented for both IPv4 and IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The ICMP extraction bits were contributed by Harry Mason.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This requires a new revision as the old target structure was
IPv4 specific.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The source address field in the transport's sock_xprt is initialized
ONLY IF the RPC application passed a pointer to a source address
during the call to rpc_create(). However, xs_bind() subsequently uses
the value of this field without regard to whether the source address
was initialized during transport creation or not.
So far we've been lucky: the uninitialized value of this field is
zeroes. xs_bind(), until recently, used only the sin[6]_addr field in
this sockaddr, and all zeroes is a valid value for this: it means
ANYADDR. This is a happy coincidence.
However, xs_bind() now wants to use the sa_family field as well, and
expects it to be initialized to something other than zero.
Therefore, the source address sockaddr field should be fully
initialized at transport create time in _every_ case, not just when
the RPC application wants to use a specific bind address.
Bruce added a workaround for this missing initialization by adjusting
commit 6bc9638a, but the "right" way to do this is to ensure that the
source address sockaddr is always correctly initialized from the
get-go.
This patch doesn't introduce a behavior change. It's simply a
clean-up of Bruce's fix, to prevent future problems of this kind. It
may look like overkill, but
a) it clearly documents the default initial value of this field,
b) it doesn't assume that the sockaddr_storage memory is first
initialized to any particular value, and
c) it will fail verbosely if some unknown address family is passed
in
Originally introduced by commit d3bc9a1d.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Clean up.
Defensive coding: If "family" is ever something that is neither
AF_INET nor AF_INET6, xs_reclassify_socket6() is not the appropriate
default action. Choose to do nothing in that case.
Introduced by commit 6bc9638a.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
* Create and use svc_rdma_wq instead of using the system workqueue and
flush_scheduled_work(). This workqueue is necessary to serve as
flushing domain for rdma->sc_work which is used to destroy itself
and thus can't be flushed explicitly.
* Replace cancel_delayed_work() + flush_scheduled_work() with
cancel_delayed_work_sync().
* Implement synchronous connect in xprt_rdma_connect() using
flush_delayed_work() on the rdma_connect work instead of using
flush_scheduled_work().
This is to prepare for the deprecation and removal of
flush_scheduled_work().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Support for IPV6_RECVORIGDSTADDR sockopt for UDP sockets were contributed by
Harry Mason.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Just like with IPv4, we need access to the UDP hash table to look up local
sockets, but instead of exporting the global udp_table, export a lookup
function.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The parameters for various UDP lookup functions were non-const, even though
they could be const. TProxy has some const references and instead of
downcasting it, I added const specifiers along the path.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Like with IPv4, TProxy needs IPv6 defragmentation but does not
require connection tracking. Since defragmentation was coupled
with conntrack, I split off the two, creating an nf_defrag_ipv6 module,
similar to the already existing nf_defrag_ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
With all the patches we have queued in the BKL removal tree, only a
few dozen modules are left that actually rely on the BKL, and even
there are lots of low-hanging fruit. We need to decide what to do
about them, this patch illustrates one of the options:
Every user of the BKL is marked as 'depends on BKL' in Kconfig,
and the CONFIG_BKL becomes a user-visible option. If it gets
disabled, no BKL using module can be built any more and the BKL
code itself is compiled out.
The one exception is file locking, which is practically always
enabled and does a 'select BKL' instead. This effectively forces
CONFIG_BKL to be enabled until we have solved the fs/lockd
mess and can apply the patch that removes the BKL from fs/locks.c.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Skip ICMP translation of embedded protocol header
if NAT bits are not set. Needed for IPVS to see the original
embedded addresses because for IPVS traffic the IPS_SRC_NAT_BIT
and IPS_DST_NAT_BIT bits are not set. It happens when IPVS performs
DNAT for client packets after using nf_conntrack_alter_reply
to expect replies from real server.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
CAN has no addressing scheme. It is currently impossible for userspace
to tell is a received CAN frame comes from another process on the local
host, or from a remote CAN device.
This patch add support for userspace applications to distinguish between
'own', 'local' and 'remote' CAN traffic. The distinction is made by returning
flags in msg->msg_flags in the call to recvmsg().
The added documentation explains the introduced flags.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Van Dijck <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make p9_client_version static since only used in one file.
Remove p9_client_auth because it is defined but never used.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RDS protocol has lots of functions that should be
declared static. rds_message_get/add_version_extension is
removed since it defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function napi_reuse_skb is only used inside core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates zeroing out of the new bearer structure at the start of
activation, since it is already in that state.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all frames sent to reserved group MAC addresses (01:80:c2:00:00:00 to
01:80:c2:00:00:0f) be forwarded if STP is disabled. This enables
forwarding EAPOL frames, among other things.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <benjamin.poirier@polymtl.ca>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC needs to have its endianess issues fixed. Unfortunately, the format of a
subscriber message is passed in directly from user space, so requiring this
message to be in network byte order breaks user space ABI. Revert this change
until such time as we can determine how to do this in a backwards compatible
manner.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Backout the tipc changes to the flags int he subscription message. These
changees, while reasonable on the surface, interefere with user space ABI
compatibility which is a no-no. This was part of the changes to fix the
endianess issues in the TIPC protocol, which would be really nice to do but we
need to do so in a way that is backwards compatible with user space.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __inet_inherit_port() is called on a tproxy connection the wrong locks are
held for the inet_bind_bucket it is added to. __inet_inherit_port() made an
implicit assumption that the listener's port number (and thus its bind bucket).
Unfortunately, if you're using the TPROXY target to redirect skbs to a
transparent proxy that assumption is not true anymore and things break.
This patch adds code to __inet_inherit_port() so that it can handle this case
by looking up or creating a new bind bucket for the child socket and updates
callers of __inet_inherit_port() to gracefully handle __inet_inherit_port()
failing.
Reported by and original patch from Stephen Buck <stephen.buck@exinda.com>.
See http://marc.info/?t=128169268200001&r=1&w=2 for the original discussion.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When there are VLANs on a VETH device, the packets being transmitted
through the VETH device may be 4 bytes bigger than MTU. A check
in dev_forward_skb did not take this into account and so dropped
these packets.
This patch is needed at least as far back as 2.6.34.7 and should
be considered for -stable.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, inline this function as the lookup_type is always a literal
and inlining removes branches performed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Without tproxy redirections an incoming SYN kicks out conflicting
TIME_WAIT sockets, in order to handle clients that reuse ports
within the TIME_WAIT period.
The same mechanism didn't work in case TProxy is involved in finding
the proper socket, as the time_wait processing code looked up the
listening socket assuming that the listener addr/port matches those
of the established connection.
This is not the case with TProxy as the listener addr/port is possibly
changed with the tproxy rule.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function rtnl_kill_links is defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function only defined and used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of functions in socket.c are only used there and
should be localized.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Perf tools session at NFWS 2010 pointed out a false sharing on struct
fib_alias that can be avoided pretty easily, if we set FA_S_ACCESSED bit
only if needed (ie : not already set)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As skb->protocol is not valid in LOCAL_OUT add
parameter for address family in packet debugging functions.
Even if ports are not present in AH and ESP change them to
use ip_vs_tcpudp_debug_packet to show at least valid addresses
as before. This patch removes the last user of skb->protocol
in IPVS.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Connections in backup server should inherit the
forwarding method from real server. It is a way to fix a
problem where the forwarding method in backup connection
is damaged by logical OR operation with the real server's
connection flags. And the change is needed for setups
where the backup server uses different forwarding method
for the same real servers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local client processing.
Prefer LOCAL_OUT hook for scheduling connections from
local clients. LOCAL_IN is still supported if the packets are
not marked as processed in LOCAL_OUT. The idea to process
requests in LOCAL_OUT is to alter conntrack reply before
it is confirmed at POST_ROUTING. If the local requests are
processed in LOCAL_IN the conntrack can not be updated
and matching by state is impossible.
Add the following handlers:
- ip_vs_reply[46] at LOCAL_IN:99 to process replies from
remote real servers to local clients. Now when both
replies from remote real servers (ip_vs_reply*) and
local real servers (ip_vs_local_reply*) are handled
it is safe to remove the conn_out_get call from ip_vs_in
because it does not support related ICMP packets.
- ip_vs_local_request[46] at LOCAL_OUT:-98 to process
requests from local client
Handling in LOCAL_OUT causes some changes:
- as skb->dev, skb->protocol and skb->pkt_type are not defined
in LOCAL_OUT make sure we set skb->dev before calling icmpv6_send,
prefer skb_dst(skb) for struct net and remove the skb->protocol
checks from TUN transmitters.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local real servers:
- Add support for DNAT to local address (different real server port).
It needs ip_vs_out hook in LOCAL_OUT for both families because
skb->protocol is not set for locally generated packets and can not
be used to set 'af'.
- Skip packets in ip_vs_in marked with skb->ipvs_property because
ip_vs_out processing can be executed in LOCAL_OUT but we still
have the conn_out_get check in ip_vs_in.
- Ignore packets with inet->nodefrag from local stack
- Require skb_dst(skb) != NULL because we use it to get struct net
- Add support for changing the route to local IPv4 stack after DNAT
depending on the source address type. Local client sets output
route and the remote client sets input route. It looks like
IPv6 does not need such rerouting because the replies use
addresses from initial incoming header, not from skb route.
- All transmitters now have strict checks for the destination
address type: redirect from non-local address to local real
server requires NAT method, local address can not be used as
source address when talking to remote real server.
- Now LOCALNODE is not set explicitly as forwarding
method in real server to allow the connections to provide
correct forwarding method to the backup server. Not sure if
this breaks tools that expect to see 'Local' real server type.
If needed, this can be supported with new flag IP_VS_DEST_F_LOCAL.
Now it should be possible connections in backup that lost
their fwmark information during sync to be forwarded properly
to their daddr, even if it is local address in the backup server.
By this way backup could be used as real server for DR or TUN,
for NAT there are some restrictions because tuple collisions
in conntracks can create problems for the traffic.
- Call ip_vs_dst_reset when destination is updated in case
some real server IP type is changed between local and remote.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, ip_route_me_harder after ip_vs_out_icmp
is called even if packet is not related to IPVS connection.
Move it into handle_response_icmp. Also, force rerouting
if sending to local client because IPv4 stack uses addresses
from the route.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Create new function ip_vs_defrag_user to return correct
IP_DEFRAG_xxx user depending on the hooknum. It will be needed
when we add handlers in LOCAL_OUT.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The recent change in IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to set
CHECKSUM_NONE is not correct. After adding IPIP header
skb->csum becomes invalid but the CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
case must be supported. So, use skb_forward_csum() which is
most suitable for us to allow local clients to send IPIP
to remote real server.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Delivering locally ICMP from FORWARD hook is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch is needed to avoid scheduling of
packets from local real server when we add ip_vs_in
in LOCAL_OUT hook to support local client.
Currently, when ip_vs_in can not find existing
connection it tries to create new one by calling ip_vs_schedule.
The default indication from ip_vs_schedule was if
connection was scheduled to real server. If real server is
not available we try to use the bypass forwarding method
or to send ICMP error. But in some cases we do not want to use
the bypass feature. So, add flag 'ignored' to indicate if
the scheduler ignores this packet.
Make sure we do not create new connections from replies.
We can hit this problem for persistent services and local real
server when ip_vs_in is added to LOCAL_OUT hook to handle
local clients.
Also, make sure ip_vs_schedule ignores SYN packets
for Active FTP DATA from local real server. The FTP DATA
connection should be created on SYN+ACK from client to assign
correct connection daddr.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Change skb->ipvs_property semantic. This is preparation
to support ip_vs_out processing in LOCAL_OUT. ipvs_property=1
will be used to avoid expensive lookups for traffic sent by
transmitters. Now when conntrack support is not used we call
ip_vs_notrack method to avoid problems in OUTPUT and
POST_ROUTING hooks instead of exiting POST_ROUTING as before.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid full checksum calculation for apps that can provide
info whether csum was broken after payload mangling. For now only
ip_vs_ftp mangles payload and it updates the csum, so the full
recalculation is avoided for all packets.
Add CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for snat_handler (TCP and UDP).
It is needed to support SNAT from local address for the case
when csum is fully recalculated.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Fix CHECKSUM_PARTIAL handling. Tested for IPv4 TCP,
UDP not tested because it needs network card with HW CSUM support.
May be fixes problem where IPVS can not be used in virtual boxes.
Problem appears with DNAT to local address when the local stack
sends reply in CHECKSUM_PARTIAL mode.
Fix tcp_dnat_handler and udp_dnat_handler to provide
vaddr and daddr in right order (old and new IP) when calling
tcp_partial_csum_update/udp_partial_csum_update (CHECKSUM_PARTIAL).
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
If some of the underlying devices support it, enable vlan offload on
transmit for bridge devices. This allows senders to take advantage of the
hardware support, similar to other forms of acceleration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that vlan acceleration is handled consistently regardless of usage,
it is possible to enable and disable it at will. This adds support for
Ethtool operations that change the offloading status for debugging
purposes, similar to other forms of hardware acceleration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently each driver that is capable of vlan hardware acceleration
must be aware of the vlan groups that are configured and then pass
the stripped tag to a specialized receive function. This is
different from other types of hardware offload in that it places a
significant amount of knowledge in the driver itself rather keeping
it in the networking core.
This makes vlan offloading function more similarly to other forms
of offloading (such as checksum offloading or TSO) by doing the
following:
* On receive, stripped vlans are passed directly to the network
core, without attempting to check for vlan groups or reconstructing
the header if no group
* vlans are made less special by folding the logic into the main
receive routines
* On transmit, the device layer will add the vlan header in software
if the hardware doesn't support it, instead of spreading that logic
out in upper layers, such as bonding.
There are a number of advantages to this:
* Fixes all bugs with drivers incorrectly dropping vlan headers at once.
* Avoids having to disable VLAN acceleration when in promiscuous mode
(good for bridging since it always puts devices in promiscuous mode).
* Keeps VLAN tag separate until given to ultimate consumer, which
avoids needing to do header reconstruction as in tg3 unless absolutely
necessary.
* Consolidates common code in core networking.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A struct net_device always maps to zero or one vlan groups and we
always know the device when we are looking up a group. We currently
do a hash table lookup on the device to find the group but it is
much simpler to just store a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently users of hardware vlan accleration need to know whether
the device supports it before generating packets. However, vlan
acceleration will soon be available in a more flexible manner so
knowing ahead of time becomes much more difficult. This adds
a software fallback path for vlan packets on devices without the
necessary offloading support, similar to other types of hardware
accleration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN_GROUP_ARRAY_LEN is simply the number of possible vlan VIDs.
Since vlan groups will soon be more of an implementation detail
for vlan devices, rename the constant to be descriptive of its
actual purpose.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An upcoming commit will allow packets with hardware vlan acceleration
information to be passed though more parts of the network stack, including
packets trunked through the bridge. This adds support for matching and
filtering those packets through ebtables.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SECMARK is not set we accidentally attempt to use
the secmark fielf of struct nf_conn. Problem is when that config isn't set
the field doesn't exist. whoops. Wrap the incorrect usage in the config.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current secmark code exports a secmark= field which just indicates if
there is special labeling on a packet or not. We drop this field as it
isn't particularly useful and instead export a new field secctx= which is
the actual human readable text label.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The conntrack code can export the internal secid to userspace. These are
dynamic, can change on lsm changes, and have no meaning in userspace. We
should instead be sending lsm contexts to userspace instead. This patch sends
the secctx (rather than secid) to userspace over the netlink socket. We use a
new field CTA_SECCTX and stop using the the old CTA_SECMARK field since it did
not send particularly useful information.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Right now secmark has lots of direct selinux calls. Use all LSM calls and
remove all SELinux specific knowledge. The only SELinux specific knowledge
we leave is the mode. The only point is to make sure that other LSMs at
least test this generic code before they assume it works. (They may also
have to make changes if they do not represent labels as strings)
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Commit 4a5a5c73 attempted to pass decent error messages back to userspace for
netfilter errors. In xt_SECMARK.c however the patch screwed up and returned
on 0 (aka no error) early and didn't finish setting up secmark. This results
in a kernel BUG if you use SECMARK.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This only happened when parse_extra_token was not passed
to ceph_parse_option() (hence, only happened in rbd).
Signed-off-by: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@hq.newdream.net>
These facilitate preallocation of pages so that we can encode into the pagelist
in an atomic context.
Signed-off-by: Greg Farnum <gregf@hq.newdream.net>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
The rados block device (rbd), based on osdblk, creates a block device
that is backed by objects stored in the Ceph distributed object storage
cluster. Each device consists of a single metadata object and data
striped over many data objects.
The rbd driver supports read-only snapshots.
Signed-off-by: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@hq.newdream.net>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
This factors out protocol and low-level storage parts of ceph into a
separate libceph module living in net/ceph and include/linux/ceph. This
is mostly a matter of moving files around. However, a few key pieces
of the interface change as well:
- ceph_client becomes ceph_fs_client and ceph_client, where the latter
captures the mon and osd clients, and the fs_client gets the mds client
and file system specific pieces.
- Mount option parsing and debugfs setup is correspondingly broken into
two pieces.
- The mon client gets a generic handler callback for otherwise unknown
messages (mds map, in this case).
- The basic supported/required feature bits can be expanded (and are by
ceph_fs_client).
No functional change, aside from some subtle error handling cases that got
cleaned up in the refactoring process.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
There is no point using RCU for dst we allocate for a very short time
(used once).
Change dst_release() to take DST_NOCACHE into account, but also change
skb_dst_set_noref() to force a refcount increment for such dst.
This is a _huge_ gain, because we dont waste memory to store xx thousand
of dsts. Instead of queueing them to RCU, we can free them instantly.
CPU caches can stay hot, re-using same memory blocks to hold temporary
dsts.
Note : remove unneeded smp_mb__before_atomic_dec(); in dst_release(),
since atomic_dec_return() implies a full memory barrier.
Stress test, 160.000.000 udp frames sent, IP route cache disabled
(DDOS).
Before:
real 0m38.091s
user 0m13.189s
sys 7m53.018s
After:
real 0m29.946s
user 0m12.157s
sys 7m40.605s
For reference, if IP route cache was enabled :
real 0m32.030s
user 0m10.521s
sys 8m15.243s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces netif_alloc_netdev_queues which is called from
register_device instead of alloc_netdev_mq. This makes TX queue
allocation symmetric with RX allocation. Also, queue locks allocation
is done in netdev_init_one_queue. Change set_real_num_tx_queues to
fail if requested number < 1 or greater than number of allocated
queues.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up in RX queue allocation. In netif_set_real_num_rx_queues
return error on attempt to set zero queues, or requested number is
greater than number of allocated queues. In netif_alloc_rx_queues,
do BUG_ON if queue_count is zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In alloc_netdev_mq fail if requested queue_count < 1.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an erlier patch I modified napi_poll so that devices with IFF_MASTER polled
the per_cpu list instead of the device list for napi. I did this because the
bonding driver has no napi instances to poll, it instead expects to check the
slave devices napi instances, which napi_poll was unaware of. Looking at this
more closely however, I now see this isn't strictly needed. As the bond driver
poll_controller calls the slaves poll_controller via netpoll_poll_dev, which
recursively calls poll_napi on each slave, allowing those napi instances to get
serviced. The earlier patch isn't at all harmfull, its just not needed, so lets
revert it to make the code cleaner. Sorry for the noise,
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lists were initialized after the module was registered. Multiple ipvsadm
processes at module load triggered a race condition that resulted in a null
pointer dereference in do_ip_vs_get_ctl(). As a result, __ip_vs_mutex
was left locked preventing all further ipvsadm commands.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo J. Blanco <ejblanco@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Saves some lines of code and some branticks when reading one.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Since the xprt in question is forcibly set to be bound the else
branch of this check is unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
> The reason for this is in the future, we may want to support additional
> address family types. We should, therefore, ensure that every piece of
> code that is sensitive to address families fail in some orderly manner
> to let developers know where a change is needed.
Makes sense. I was under impression, that AF-s other than INET are not
cared about at all :(
Here's a fixed version of the patch.
Log:
Its callers check for ERR_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The task in question is dereferenced above (and is actually never NULL).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Same for UDP sockets creation paths.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The v4 and the v6 wrappers only pass the respective family
to the xs_tcp_setup_socket. This family can be taken from the
xprt's sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Now we have a single socket creation routine and can call it
directly from the setup_socket routines.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
After xs_bind is merged it's easy to merge its callers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[bfields@redhat.com: fix address family initialization]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
There's the only difference betseen the xs_bind4 and the
xs_bind6 - the size of sockaddr structure they use.
Fortunatelly its size can be indirectly get from the transport.
Change since v1:
* use sockaddr_storage instead of sockaddr
* use rpc_set_port instead of manual port assigning
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[bfields@redhat.com: fix address family initialization]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Remove now unneeded wrappers that just add type and protocol
to socket creation callback.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Same patch for v6 protocols.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The UDPv4 and TCPv4 socket creation callbacks now look very similar.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Make it look like the TCP sockets creation.
Unfortunately the git diff made the patch look messy :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The xs_tcp_reuse_connection takes the xprt only to pass it down
to the xs_abort_connection. The later one can get it from the given
transport itself.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Convert inetdev_by_index() to not increment in_dev refcount.
Callers hold RCU or RTNL, and should not decrement in_dev refcount.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We hold RTNL in ip_mc_find_dev(), no need to touch device refcount.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sunrpc cache_ioctl function does not need the big kernel lock
because it uses its own queue_lock already.
rpc_pipe_ioctl apparently should be using i_lock like the other
operations on the pipe file descriptor do.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
IPv6 encapsulation uses a bad source address for the tunnel.
i.e. VIP will be used as local-addr and encap. dst addr.
Decapsulation will not accept this.
Example
LVS (eth1 2003::2:0:1/96, VIP 2003::2:0:100)
(eth0 2003::1:0:1/96)
RS (ethX 2003::1:0:5/96)
tcpdump
2003::2:0:100 > 2003::1:0:5: IP6 (hlim 63, next-header TCP (6) payload length: 40) 2003::3:0:10.50991 > 2003::2:0:100.http: Flags [S], cksum 0x7312 (correct), seq 3006460279, win 5760, options [mss 1440,sackOK,TS val 1904932 ecr 0,nop,wscale 3], length 0
In Linux IPv6 impl. you can't have a tunnel with an any cast address
receiving packets (I have not tried to interpret RFC 2473)
To have receive capabilities the tunnel must have:
- Local address set as multicast addr or an unicast addr
- Remote address set as an unicast addr.
- Loop back addres or Link local address are not allowed.
This causes us to setup a tunnel in the Real Server with the
LVS as the remote address, here you can't use the VIP address since it's
used inside the tunnel.
Solution
Use outgoing interface IPv6 address (match against the destination).
i.e. use ip6_route_output() to look up the route cache and
then use ipv6_dev_get_saddr(...) to set the source address of the
encapsulated packet.
Additionally, cache the results in new destination
fields: dst_cookie and dst_saddr and properly check the
returned dst from ip6_route_output. We now add xfrm_lookup
call only for the tunneling method where the source address
is a local one.
Signed-off-by:Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch allows to listen to events that inform about
expectations destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There are several error paths in the code that do not unmap DMA. This
patch adds calls to svc_rdma_unmap_dma to free these DMA contexts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
There was logic in the send path that assumed that a page containing data
to send to the client has a KVA. This is not always the case and can result
in data corruption when page_address returns zero and we end up DMA mapping
zero.
This patch changes the bus mapping logic to avoid page_address() where
necessary and converts all calls from ib_dma_map_single to ib_dma_map_page
in order to keep the map/unmap calls symmetric.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@ogc.us>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Peter Zijlstra found a bug in the way softirq time is accounted in
VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING on this thread:
http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail//linux/kernel/1009.2/01366.html
The problem is, softirq processing uses local_bh_disable internally. There
is no way, later in the flow, to differentiate between whether softirq is
being processed or is it just that bh has been disabled. So, a hardirq when bh
is disabled results in time being wrongly accounted as softirq.
Looking at the code a bit more, the problem exists in !VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING
as well. As account_system_time() in normal tick based accouting also uses
softirq_count, which will be set even when not in softirq with bh disabled.
Peter also suggested solution of using 2*SOFTIRQ_OFFSET as irq count
for local_bh_{disable,enable} and using just SOFTIRQ_OFFSET while softirq
processing. The patch below does that and adds API in_serving_softirq() which
returns whether we are currently processing softirq or not.
Also changes one of the usages of softirq_count in net/sched/cls_cgroup.c
to in_serving_softirq.
Looks like many usages of in_softirq really want in_serving_softirq. Those
changes can be made individually on a case by case basis.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venki@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <1286237003-12406-2-git-send-email-venki@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Usually the netpoll path, when preforming a napi poll can get away with just
polling all the napi instances of the configured device. Thats not the case for
the bonding driver however, as the napi instances which may wind up getting
flagged as needing polling after the poll_controller call don't belong to the
bonded device, but rather to the slave devices. Fix this by checking the device
in question for the IFF_MASTER flag, if set, we know we need to check the full
poll list for this cpu, rather than just the devices napi instance list.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bonding driver currently modifies the netpoll structure in its xmit path
while sending frames from netpoll. This is racy, as other cpus can access the
netpoll structure in parallel. Since the bonding driver points np->dev to a
slave device, other cpus can inadvertently attempt to send data directly to
slave devices, leading to improper locking with the bonding master, lost frames,
and deadlocks. This patch fixes that up.
This patch also removes the real_dev pointer from the netpoll structure as that
data is really only used by bonding in the poll_controller, and we can emulate
its behavior by check each slave for IS_UP.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change a few checks against the hardcoded broadcast address,
0xffffffff, to ipv4_is_lbcast(). Remove some existing checks
using ipv4_is_lbcast() that are now obviously superfluous.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch below updates broken web addresses in the kernel
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Cc: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Dimitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier.adi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@cs.stanford.edu>
Acked-by: Hans J. Koch <hjk@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Optimize processing in TIPC's bearer shutdown code, including:
1. Remove an unnecessary check to see if TIPC bearer's can exist.
2. Don't release spinlocks before calling a media-specific disabling
routine, since the routine can't sleep.
3. Make bearer_disable() operate directly on a struct bearer, instead
of needlessly taking a name and then mapping that to the struct.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's completely unused and exporting a static symbol
makes no sense and breaks the build.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In error cases when the ACL is insecure or we fail to allocate a new
struct sock, we jump to the "response" label. If so, "sk" will be
null and the kernel crashes.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Holstein <nathan.holstein@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Get rid of fib_hash_lock rwlock.
The fn_zone hash table resize is the noticeable part of this patch.
I added a seqlock per fn_zone, so that readers can restart their lookup
in the (very rare) case a writer expanded the hash table.
Add rcu heads in fib_alias and fib_node, use call_rcu() to defer their
freeing, and use appropriate _rcu list manipulations.
Stress test (160.000.000 udp frames sent, IP route cache disabled to
mimic DDOS attack, FIB_HASH)
Before:
real 0m41.191s
user 0m13.137s
sys 8m55.241s
After:
real 0m38.091s
user 0m13.189s
sys 7m53.018s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step for RCU conversion of fib_hash :
struct fn_zone are created and never deleted.
Very classic conversion, using rcu_assign_pointer(), rcu_dereference()
and rtnl_dereference() verbs.
__rcu markers on fz_next and fn_zone_list
They are created under RTNL, we dont need fib_hash_lock anymore in
fn_new_zone().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking for false sharing problems, I noticed
sizeof(struct fn_zone) was small (28 bytes) and possibly sharing a cache
line with an often written kernel structure.
Most of the time, fn_zone uses its initial hash table of 16 slots.
We can avoid the false sharing problem by embedding this initial hash
table in fn_zone itself, so that sizeof(fn_zone) > L1_CACHE_BYTES
We did a similar optimization in commit a6501e080c (Reduce memory needs
and speedup lookups)
Add a fz_revorder field to speedup fn_hash() a bit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As CWR is stronger than CA_Disorder state, we can miscount
SACK/Reno failure into other timeouts. Not a bad problem as
it can happen only due to ECN, FRTO detecting spurious RTO
or xmit error which are the only callers of tcp_enter_cwr.
And even then losses and RTO must still follow thereafter
to actually end up into the relevant code paths.
Compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When only fast rexmit should be done, tcp_mark_head_lost marks
L too far. Also, sacked_upto below 1 is perfectly valid number,
the packets == 0 then needs to be trapped elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do some cleanups of TIPC based on make namespacecheck
1. Don't export unused symbols
2. Eliminate dead code
3. Make functions and variables local
4. Rename buf_acquire to tipc_buf_acquire since it is used in several files
Compile tested only.
This make break out of tree kernel modules that depend on TIPC routines.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing profile analysis, I found fib_hash_table was sometime in a
cache line shared by a possibly often written kernel structure.
(CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH || !CONFIG_IPV6_MULTIPLE_TABLES)
It's hard to detect because not easily reproductible.
Make sure we allocate a full cache line to keep this shared in all cpus
caches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_table_lookup() might use fls() to speedup an open coded loop.
Noticed while doing a profile analysis.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_nl_delrule() calls synchronize_rcu() for no apparent reason,
while rtnl is held.
I suspect it was done to avoid an atomic_inc_not_zero() in
fib_rules_lookup(), which commit 7fa7cb7109 added anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two atomic ops on found rule in fib6_rule_lookup()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b30973f877 (node-aware skb allocation) spread a wrong habit of
allocating net drivers skbs on a given memory node : The one closest to
the NIC hardware. This is wrong because as soon as we try to scale
network stack, we need to use many cpus to handle traffic and hit
slub/slab management on cross-node allocations/frees when these cpus
have to alloc/free skbs bound to a central node.
skb allocated in RX path are ephemeral, they have a very short
lifetime : Extra cost to maintain NUMA affinity is too expensive. What
appeared as a nice idea four years ago is in fact a bad one.
In 2010, NIC hardwares are multiqueue, or we use RPS to spread the load,
and two 10Gb NIC might deliver more than 28 million packets per second,
needing all the available cpus.
Cost of cross-node handling in network and vm stacks outperforms the
small benefit hardware had when doing its DMA transfert in its 'local'
memory node at RX time. Even trying to differentiate the two allocations
done for one skb (the sk_buff on local node, the data part on NIC
hardware node) is not enough to bring good performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a bug with radiotap vendor namespace
parsing if you don't register for the given
namespace extensions. Fix this by passing
only the unknown vendor namespaces and the
registered data to frontends, but not both.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't try to "optimize" rds_page_copy_user() by using kmap_atomic() and
the unsafe atomic user mode accessor functions. It's actually slower
than the straightforward code on any reasonable modern CPU.
Back when the code was written (although probably not by the time it was
actually merged, though), 32-bit x86 may have been the dominant
architecture. And there kmap_atomic() can be a lot faster than kmap()
(unless you have very good locality, in which case the virtual address
caching by kmap() can overcome all the downsides).
But these days, x86-64 may not be more populous, but it's getting there
(and if you care about performance, it's definitely already there -
you'd have upgraded your CPU's already in the last few years). And on
x86-64, the non-kmap_atomic() version is faster, simply because the code
is simpler and doesn't have the "re-try page fault" case.
People with old hardware are not likely to care about RDS anyway, and
the optimization for the 32-bit case is simply buggy, since it doesn't
verify the user addresses properly.
Reported-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
All file_operations should get a .llseek operation so we can make
nonseekable_open the default for future file operations without a
.llseek pointer.
The three cases that we can automatically detect are no_llseek, seq_lseek
and default_llseek. For cases where we can we can automatically prove that
the file offset is always ignored, we use noop_llseek, which maintains
the current behavior of not returning an error from a seek.
New drivers should normally not use noop_llseek but instead use no_llseek
and call nonseekable_open at open time. Existing drivers can be converted
to do the same when the maintainer knows for certain that no user code
relies on calling seek on the device file.
The generated code is often incorrectly indented and right now contains
comments that clarify for each added line why a specific variant was
chosen. In the version that gets submitted upstream, the comments will
be gone and I will manually fix the indentation, because there does not
seem to be a way to do that using coccinelle.
Some amount of new code is currently sitting in linux-next that should get
the same modifications, which I will do at the end of the merge window.
Many thanks to Julia Lawall for helping me learn to write a semantic
patch that does all this.
===== begin semantic patch =====
// This adds an llseek= method to all file operations,
// as a preparation for making no_llseek the default.
//
// The rules are
// - use no_llseek explicitly if we do nonseekable_open
// - use seq_lseek for sequential files
// - use default_llseek if we know we access f_pos
// - use noop_llseek if we know we don't access f_pos,
// but we still want to allow users to call lseek
//
@ open1 exists @
identifier nested_open;
@@
nested_open(...)
{
<+...
nonseekable_open(...)
...+>
}
@ open exists@
identifier open_f;
identifier i, f;
identifier open1.nested_open;
@@
int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
{
<+...
(
nonseekable_open(...)
|
nested_open(...)
)
...+>
}
@ read disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ read_no_fpos disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ write @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ write_no_fpos @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ fops0 @
identifier fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
};
@ has_llseek depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier llseek_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.llseek = llseek_f,
...
};
@ has_read depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.read = read_f,
...
};
@ has_write depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
...
};
@ has_open depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.open = open_f,
...
};
// use no_llseek if we call nonseekable_open
////////////////////////////////////////////
@ nonseekable1 depends on !has_llseek && has_open @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier nso ~= "nonseekable_open";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = nso, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* nonseekable */
};
@ nonseekable2 depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = open_f, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* open uses nonseekable */
};
// use seq_lseek for sequential files
/////////////////////////////////////
@ seq depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier sr ~= "seq_read";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = sr, ...
+.llseek = seq_lseek, /* we have seq_read */
};
// use default_llseek if there is a readdir
///////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops1 depends on !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier readdir_e;
@@
// any other fop is used that changes pos
struct file_operations fops = {
... .readdir = readdir_e, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* readdir is present */
};
// use default_llseek if at least one of read/write touches f_pos
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops2 depends on !fops1 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read.read_f;
@@
// read fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* read accesses f_pos */
};
@ fops3 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+ .llseek = default_llseek, /* write accesses f_pos */
};
// Use noop_llseek if neither read nor write accesses f_pos
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops4 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !fops3 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
.read = read_f,
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read and write both use no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_write && !has_read && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* write uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on !has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* no read or write fn */
};
===== End semantic patch =====
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Based on suggestion by Rémi Denis-Courmont to implement 'connect'
for Pipe controller logic, this patch implements 'connect' socket
call for the Pipe controller logic.
The patch does following:-
- Removes setsockopts for PNPIPE_CREATE and PNPIPE_DESTROY
- Adds setsockopt for setting the Pipe handle value
- Implements connect socket call
- Updates the Pipe controller logic
User-space should now follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
-socket
-bind
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
-connect
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
GPRS/3G data has been tested working fine with this.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove all instances of legacy, or as yet to be implemented code
that is currently living within an #if 0 ... #endif block.
In the rare instance that some of it be needed in the future,
it can still be dragged out of history, but there is no need
for it to sit in mainline.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like I submitted a different patch
than I tested, because clearly the code in
mac80211 is missing actually propagating the
requested SMPS mode. Fix that!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ip_vs_dbg_callid() and IP_VS_DEBUG_CALLID() are only needed
it CONFIG_IP_VS_DEBUG is defined.
This resolves the following build warning when CONFIG_IP_VS_DEBUG is
not defined.
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_pe_sip.c:11: warning: 'ip_vs_dbg_callid' defined but not used
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Many of the used macros are just there for userspace compatibility.
Substitute the in-kernel code to directly use the terminal macro
and stuff the defines into #ifndef __KERNEL__ sections.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
The index cannot be used to reliably reconstruct a phy
name, so explicitly add the phy name to sysfs so that scripts
can figure out the parent phy device for a particular
wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We tried very hard to remove all possible dev_hold()/dev_put() pairs in
network stack, using RCU conversions.
There is still an unavoidable device refcount change for every dst we
create/destroy, and this can slow down some workloads (routers or some
app servers, mmap af_packet)
We can switch to a percpu refcount implementation, now dynamic per_cpu
infrastructure is mature. On a 64 cpus machine, this consumes 256 bytes
per device.
On x86, dev_hold(dev) code :
before
lock incl 0x280(%ebx)
after:
movl 0x260(%ebx),%eax
incl fs:(%eax)
Stress bench :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE)
Before:
real 1m1.662s
user 0m14.373s
sys 12m55.960s
After:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update conf_state with L2CAP_CONF_REQ_SENT before send config_req out in
l2cap_config_req().
Signed-off-by: Haijun Liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
&err points to the proper error set by bt_skb_send_alloc() when it
fails.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The Bluetooth core uses the the BD_ADDR in the opposite order from the
human readable order. So we are changing batostr() to print in the
correct order and then removing some baswap(), as they are not needed
anymore.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A value was attributed to 'src', but no one was using.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BLUETOOTH SPECIFICATION Version 4.0 [Vol 3] page 36 mentioned
"Note: Start Fragments always begin with the Basic L2CAP header
of a PDU."
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Current Bluetooth code assembles fragments of big L2CAP packets
in l2cap_recv_acldata and then checks allowed L2CAP size in
assemled L2CAP packet (pi->imtu < skb->len).
The patch moves allowed L2CAP size check to the early stage when
we receive the first fragment of L2CAP packet. We do not need to
reserve and keep L2CAP fragments for bad packets.
Updated version after comments from Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
and Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>.
Trace below is received when using stress tools sending big
fragmented L2CAP packets.
...
[ 1712.798492] swapper: page allocation failure. order:4, mode:0x4020
[ 1712.804809] [<c0031870>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0xdc) from [<c00a1f70>]
(__alloc_pages_nodemask+0x4)
[ 1712.814666] [<c00a1f70>] (__alloc_pages_nodemask+0x47c/0x4d4) from
[<c00a1fd8>] (__get_free_pages+)
[ 1712.824645] [<c00a1fd8>] (__get_free_pages+0x10/0x3c) from [<c026eb5c>]
(__alloc_skb+0x4c/0xfc)
[ 1712.833465] [<c026eb5c>] (__alloc_skb+0x4c/0xfc) from [<bf28c738>]
(l2cap_recv_acldata+0xf0/0x1f8 )
[ 1712.843322] [<bf28c738>] (l2cap_recv_acldata+0xf0/0x1f8 [l2cap]) from
[<bf0094ac>] (hci_rx_task+0x)
...
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Clearing the blacklist in hci_dev_do_close() would mean that user space
needs to do extra work to re-block devices after a DEVDOWN-DEVUP cycle.
This patch removes the clearing of the blacklist in this case and
thereby saves user space from the extra work.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM sockets can be opened with the SOCK_STREAM socket type,
which is a mandatory request for ERTM mode.
However, these sockets still have SOCK_SEQPACKET read semantics when
bt_sock_recvmsg() is used to pull data from the receive queue. If the
application is only reading part of a frame, then the unread portion
of the frame is discarded. If the application requests more bytes
than are in the current frame, only the current frame's data is
returned.
This patch utilizes common code derived from RFCOMM's recvmsg()
function to make L2CAP SOCK_STREAM reads behave like RFCOMM reads (and
other SOCK_STREAM sockets in general). The application may read one
byte at a time from the input stream and not lose any data, and may
also read across L2CAP frame boundaries.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To reduce code duplication, have rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() call
bt_sock_stream_recvmsg(). The common bt_sock_stream_recvmsg()
code is nearly identical, with the RFCOMM-specific functionality
for deferred setup and connection unthrottling left in
rfcomm_sock_recvmsg().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This commit adds a bt_sock_stream_recvmsg() function for use by any
Bluetooth code that uses SOCK_STREAM sockets. This code is copied
from rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() with minimal modifications to remove
RFCOMM-specific functionality and improve readability.
L2CAP (with the SOCK_STREAM socket type) and RFCOMM have common needs
when it comes to reading data. Proper stream read semantics require
that applications can read from a stream one byte at a time and not
lose any data. The RFCOMM code already operated on and pulled data
from the underlying L2CAP socket, so very few changes were required to
make the code more generic for use with non-RFCOMM data over L2CAP.
Applications that need more awareness of L2CAP frame boundaries are
still free to use SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, and may verify that they
connection did not fall back to basic mode by calling getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Valid L2CAP PSMs are odd numbers, and the least significant bit of the
most significant byte must be 0.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
According to the ETSI 3GPP TS 07.10 the default bit rate value for RFCOMM
is 9600 bit/s. Return this bit rate in case of RPN request and accept other
sane bit rates proposed by the sender in RPM command.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Kululin <ext-yuri.kululin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
HCI transport drivers may not know what type of radio an AMP device has
so only say whether they're BR/EDR or AMP devices.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This omits the redundant "DCCP:" in warning messages, since DCCP_WARN() already
echoes the function name, avoiding messages like
kernel: [10988.766503] dccp_close: DCCP: ABORT -- 209 bytes unread
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This schedules an Ack when receiving a timestamp, exploiting the
existing inet_csk_schedule_ack() function, saving one case in the
`dccp_ack_pending()' function.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This patch generalises the task of determining data loss from RFC 4340, 7.7.1.
Let S_A, S_B be sequence numbers such that S_B is "after" S_A, and let
N_B be the NDP count of packet S_B. Then, using modulo-2^48 arithmetic,
D = S_B - S_A - 1 is an upper bound of the number of lost data packets,
D - N_B is an approximation of the number of lost data packets
(there are cases where this is not exact).
The patch implements this as
dccp_loss_count(S_A, S_B, N_B) := max(S_B - S_A - 1 - N_B, 0)
Signed-off-by: Ivo Calado <ivocalado@embedded.ufcg.edu.br>
Signed-off-by: Erivaldo Xavier <desadoc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Leandro Sales <leandroal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This removes the argument `more' from ccid_hc_tx_packet_sent, since it was
nowhere used in the entire code.
(Btw, this argument was not even used in the original KAME code where the
function initially came from; compare the variable moreToSend in the
freebsd61-dccp-kame-28.08.2006.patch kept by Emmanuel Lochin.)
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
After moving the assignment of GAR/ISS from dccp_connect_init() to
dccp_transmit_skb(), the former function becomes very small, so that
a merger with dccp_connect() suggests itself.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This fixes a problem and a potential loophole with regard to seqno/ackno
validity: currently the initial adjustments to AWL/SWL are only performed
once at the begin of the connection, during the handshake.
Since the Sequence Window feature is always greater than Wmin=32 (7.5.2),
it is however necessary to perform these adjustments at least for the first
W/W' (variables as per 7.5.1) packets in the lifetime of a connection.
This requirement is complicated by the fact that W/W' can change at any time
during the lifetime of a connection.
Therefore it is better to perform that safety check each time SWL/AWL are
updated, as implemented by the patch.
A second problem solved by this patch is that the remote/local Sequence Window
feature values (which set the bounds for AWL/SWL/SWH) are undefined until the
feature negotiation has completed.
During the initial handshake we have more stringent sequence number protection;
the changes added by this patch effect that {A,S}W{L,H} are within the correct
bounds at the instant that feature negotiation completes (since the SeqWin
feature activation handlers call dccp_update_gsr/gss()).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
We limit the number of 'defer' requests to DFR_MAX.
The imposition of this limit is spread about a bit - sometime we don't
add new things to the list, sometimes we remove old things.
Also it is currently applied to requests which we are 'waiting' for
rather than 'deferring'. This doesn't seem ideal as 'waiting'
requests are naturally limited by the number of threads.
So gather the DFR_MAX handling code to one place and only apply it to
requests that are actually being deferred.
This means that not all 'cache_deferred_req' structures go on the
'cache_defer_list, so we need to be careful when adding and removing
things.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The return value from cache_defer_req is somewhat confusing.
Various different error codes are returned, but the single caller is
only interested in success or failure.
In fact it can measure this success or failure itself by checking
CACHE_PENDING, which makes the point of the code more explicit.
So change cache_defer_req to return 'void' and test CACHE_PENDING
after it completes, to see if the request was actually deferred or
not.
Similarly setup_deferral and cache_wait_req don't need a return value,
so make them void and remove some code.
The call to cache_revisit_request (to guard against a race) is only
needed for the second call to setup_deferral, so move it out of
setup_deferral to after that second call. With the first call the
race is handled differently (by explicitly calling
'wait_for_completion').
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
struct dst_ops tracks number of allocated dst in an atomic_t field,
subject to high cache line contention in stress workload.
Switch to a percpu_counter, to reduce number of time we need to dirty a
central location. Place it on a separate cache line to avoid dirtying
read only fields.
Stress test :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE, SLUB/NUMA)
Before:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
After:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
With a small reordering of struct neighbour fields, subject of a
following patch, (to separate refcnt from other read mostly fields)
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)
Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.
Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several other ethtool functions leave heap uncleared (potentially) by
drivers. Some interfaces appear safe (eeprom, etc), in that the sizes
are well controlled. In some situations (e.g. unchecked error conditions),
the heap will remain unchanged in areas before copying back to userspace.
Note that these are less of an issue since these all require CAP_NET_ADMIN.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <kees.cook@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes two problems with the minstrel_ht rate control
algorithms handling of A-MPDU frames:
1. The ampdu_len field of the tx status is not always initialized for
non-HT frames (and it would probably be unreasonable to require all
drivers to do so). This could cause rate control statistics to be
corrupted. We now trust the ampdu_len and ampdu_ack_len fields only when
the frame is marked with the IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU flag.
2. Successful transmission attempts where only recognized when the A-MPDU
subframe carrying the rate control status information was marked with the
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK flag. If this information happed to be carried on a
frame that failed to be ACKed then the other subframes (which may have
succeeded) where not correctly registered. We now update rate control
statistics regardless of whether the subframe carrying the information was
ACKed or not.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Björn Smedman <bjorn.smedman@venatech.se>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since this small buffer isn't used for DMA,
we can simply allocate it on the stack, it
just needs to be 16 bytes of which only 8
will be used for WEP40 keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several serve threading problems in the current
release reorder timer implementation have been
discovered.
A lengthy discussion - which lists some of the
pitfalls and possible solutions - can be found at:
http://marc.info/?t=128635927000001
But due to the complicated nature of the subject and
the imminent advent of a new -rc cycle, it was
decided to disable the feature for the time being.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch not only fixes a null-pointer de-reference
that would be triggered by a PLINK_OPEN frame with mis-
matching/incompatible mesh configuration, but also
responds correctly to non-compatible PLINK_OPEN frames
by generating a PLINK_CLOSE with the right reason code.
The original bug was detected by smatch.
( http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git )
net/mac80211/mesh_plink.c +574 mesh_rx_plink_frame(168)
error: we previously assumed 'sta' could be null.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Steve deRosier <steve@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Old messages didn't mention the device in question.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 5a254ffe3f.
The commit failed to take into account that allocated wireless devices
(wiphys) are not added into the device list upon allocation, but only
when they are registered. Therefore, it opened up a race between
allocating and registering a name, so that if two processes allocate and
register concurrently ("alloc, alloc, register, register" rather than
"alloc, register, alloc, register") the code will attempt to use the
same name twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stanse found that mpc_push frees skb and then it dereferences it. It
is a typo, new_skb should be dereferenced there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new dst is used to send a frame, neigh_resolve_output() tries to
associate an struct hh_cache to this dst, calling neigh_hh_init() with
the neigh rwlock write locked.
Most of the time, hh_cache is already known and linked into neighbour,
so we find it and increment its refcount.
This patch changes the logic so that we call neigh_hh_init() with
neighbour lock read locked only, so that fast path can be run in
parallel by concurrent cpus.
This brings part of the speedup we got with commit c7d4426a98
(introduce DST_NOCACHE flag) for non cached dsts, even for cached ones,
removing one of the contention point that routers hit on multiqueue
enabled machines.
Further improvements would need to use a seqlock instead of an rwlock to
protect neigh->ha[], to not dirty neigh too often and remove two atomic
ops.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While parsing the GetValuebyClass command frame, we could potentially write
passed the skb->data pointer.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ilja Van Sprundel <ivansprundel@ioactive.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
The rx->count reference is used to track reference counts to the
number of rx-queue kobjects created for the device. This patch
eliminates initialization of the counter in netif_alloc_rx_queues
and instead increments the counter each time a kobject is created.
This is now symmetric with the decrement that is done when an object is
released.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a bunch of issues that need to be fixed, including:
- GFP_KERNEL allocations from atomic context
(and GFP_ATOMIC in process context),
- abuse of the setsockopt() call convention,
- unprotected/unlocked static variables...
IMHO, we will need to alter the userspace ABI when we fix it. So mark
the configuration option as EXPERIMENTAL for the time being (or should
it be BROKEN instead?).
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code works like this:
int garbage, status;
socklen_t len = sizeof(status);
/* enable pipe */
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &garbage, sizeof(garbage));
/* disable pipe */
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_DISABLE, &garbage, sizeof(garbage));
/* get status */
getsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_INQ, &status, &len);
...which does not follow the usual socket option pattern. This patch
merges all three "options" into a single gettable&settable option,
before Linux 2.6.37 gets out:
int status;
socklen_t len = sizeof(status);
/* enable pipe */
status = 1;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &status, sizeof(status));
/* disable pipe */
status = 0;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &status, sizeof(status));
/* get status */
getsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &status, &len);
This also fixes the error code from EFAULT to ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Cc: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it currently is, the new code path is not compatible with existing
Nokia modems. This would break existing userspace for Nokia modem, such
as the existing oFono ISI driver.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit "fib: RCU conversion of fib_lookup()" removed rcu_read_lock() from
__mkroute_output but left a couple of calls to rcu_read_unlock() in there.
This causes lockdep to complain that the rcu_read_unlock() call in
__ip_route_output_key causes a lock inbalance and quickly crashes the
kernel. The below fixes this for me.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL with a large rule_cnt will allocate kernel
heap without clearing it. For the one driver (niu) that implements it,
it will leave the unused portion of heap unchanged and copy the full
contents back to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <kees.cook@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronise the comment with the preceding implementation change.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Bill Jordan's patch to allow setting the WDS
peer crossed with my patch removing all the
boilerplate code in nl80211, and consequently
he didn't make use of it yet. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The recent scan overhaul broke locking
because now we can jump to code that
attempts to unlock, while we don't have
the mutex held. Fix this by holding the
mutex around all the relevant code.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 5ed3bc7288.
It turns-out that not all drivers are calling ieee80211_tx_status from a
compatible context. Revert this for now and try again later...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do not set num_rx_queues in netif_set_real_num_rx_queues() some
drivers will increase the real_num_rx_queues later due to a feature
changes or available interrupts increasing. By setting num_rx_queues
here this ends up creating a cap on the number of rx queues
available.
For example the ixgbe driver sets the max number of queues it intends
to use ever then sets the current number in use with the
netif_set_num_{rx|tx}_queues calls. With the current implementation
the number of rx queues gets limited so when a feature such as DCB
or FCoE is enabled the queues are no longer available.
kobjects will only be allocated for real_num_rx_queues so the waste
in memory is minimal.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove dead code and make some functions static.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This looks like a simple typo that has gone unnoticed for some time. The
impact is relatively low but it's clearly wrong.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the second step for neighbour RCU conversion.
(first was commit d6bf7817 : RCU conversion of neigh hash table)
neigh_lookup() becomes lockless, but still take a reference on found
neighbour. (no more read_lock()/read_unlock() on tbl->lock)
struct neighbour gets an additional rcu_head field and is freed after an
RCU grace period.
Future work would need to eventually not take a reference on neighbour
for temporary dst (DST_NOCACHE), but this would need dst->_neighbour to
use a noref bit like we did for skb->_dst.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/mac80211/scan.c: In function ‘ieee80211_scan_cancel’:
net/mac80211/scan.c:794: warning: ‘finish’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When multiple interfaces are actively trying
to associate with the same BSS, they may both
find that the BSS isn't there and then try to
unlink it. This can cause errors since the
unlinking code can't currently deal with items
that have already been unlinked.
Normally this doesn't happen as most people
don't try to use multiple station interfaces
that associate at the same time too.
Fix this by using the list entry as a flag to
see if the item is still on a list.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Hun-Kyi Wynn <hkwynn@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We nulify local->scan_req on failure in __ieee80211_start_scan, so
__ieee80211_scan_completed will not call cfg80211_scan_done. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When performing hw scan and not abort it, __ieee80211_scan_completed()
is currently called from scan work, so does not need to reschedule work
to call drv_hw_scan().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is partial revert and fix for commit
85f72bc839 "mac80211: only cancel
software-based scans on suspend"
When cfg80211 request the scan and mac80211 perform some management work,
we defer the scan request. We do not canceling such requests when calling
ieee80211_scan_cancel(), because of SCAN_SW_SCANNING bit check just
before the call. So fix that problem.
Another problem, which commit 85f72bc839
tries to solve, is we can not cancel HW scan. Hence patch make
ieee80211_scan_cancel() ignore HW scan (see code comments). Keeping
local->mtx lock assures that the deferred scan will not become
"working" HW scan.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are taking local->mtx inside __ieee80211_scan_completed(), but just
before call to that function we drop the lock. Dropping/taking lock is not
good, because can lead to hard to understand race conditions.
Patch split scan_completed() code into two functions, first must be called
with local->mtx taken and second without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use goto instruction to call __ieee80211_scan_completed only ones in
ieee80211_scan_work. This is prepare for the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Yikes! The error return keeps a netdev reference
and the rdev mutex locked, fix that!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When roaming while we have active BA session,
we can end up transmitting delBA frames to
the old AP while we're already on the new AP's
channel, which can cause warnings.
Simply avoid sending those frames, but still
tear down the internal session state, since
they are not really necessary anyway as we
will implicitly disassociate when sending the
association to the new AP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We never delete the addBA response timer, which
is typically fine, but if the station it belongs
to is deleted very quickly after starting the BA
session, before the peer had a chance to reply,
the timer may fire after the station struct has
been freed already. Therefore, we need to delete
the timer in a suitable spot -- best when the
session is being stopped (which will happen even
then) in which case the delete will be a no-op
most of the time.
I've reproduced the scenario and tested the fix.
This fixes the crash reported at
http://mid.gmane.org/4CAB6F96.6090701@candelatech.com
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
caif_connect() might dereference a netdevice after dev_put() it.
It also doesnt check dev_get_by_index() return value and could
dereference a NULL pointer.
Fix it, using RCU to avoid taking a reference.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IGMP specs states that if the system receives a
membership report, it shouldn't send another for the
next minute. However, if a link failure happens right
after that, the backup slave and the switch connected
to this slave will not know about the multicast and
the traffic will hang for about a minute.
This patch fixes it to rejoin multicast groups immediately
after a failover restoring the multicast traffic.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace applications can already request to receive timestamps with:
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_TIMESTAMP, ...)
Although setsockopt() returns zero (success), timestamps are not added to the
ancillary data. This patch fixes that on SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET Unix
sockets.
Signed-off-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David
This is the first step for RCU conversion of neigh code.
Next patches will convert hash_buckets[] and "struct neighbour" to RCU
protected objects.
Thanks
[PATCH net-next] net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table
Instead of storing hash_buckets, hash_mask and hash_rnd in "struct
neigh_table", a new structure is defined :
struct neigh_hash_table {
struct neighbour **hash_buckets;
unsigned int hash_mask;
__u32 hash_rnd;
struct rcu_head rcu;
};
And "struct neigh_table" has an RCU protected pointer to such a
neigh_hash_table.
This means the signature of (*hash)() function changed: We need to add a
third parameter with the actual hash_rnd value, since this is not
anymore a neigh_table field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_delete() and neigh_add() dont need to touch device refcount,
we hold RTNL when calling them, so device cannot disappear under us.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In various situations, a device provides a packet to our stack and we
drop it before it enters protocol stack :
- softnet backlog full (accounted in /proc/net/softnet_stat)
- bad vlan tag (not accounted)
- unknown/unregistered protocol (not accounted)
We can handle a per-device counter of such dropped frames at core level,
and automatically adds it to the device provided stats (rx_dropped), so
that standard tools can be used (ifconfig, ip link, cat /proc/net/dev)
This is a generalization of commit 8990f468a (net: rx_dropped
accounting), thus reverting it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be consistent and use the wk->chan instead of the
local->hw.conf.channel for the association done work.
This prevents any possible races against channel changes
while we run this work.
In the case that the race did happen we would be initializing
the bit rates for the new AP under the assumption of a wrong
channel and in the worst case, wrong band. This could lead
to trying to assuming we could use CCK frames on 5 GHz, for
example.
This patch has a fix for kernels >= v2.6.34
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The locking around ieee80211_recalc_smps is
buggy -- it cannot acquire another interface's
mutex while the iflist mutex is held because
another code path could be holding the iface
mutex and trying to acquire the iflist mutex.
But the locking is also unnecessary, we only
check "ifmgd->associated" as a bool, and don't
use the pointer (in check_mgd_smps).
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Consolidate boilerplate code needed for .dumpit
calls operating on netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use a new flag that requires the netdev to be
UP and use it to check instead of coding the
check into all functions that require it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes nl80211 use the new genetlink
pre_doit/post_doit hooks for locking and
checking the interface/wiphy index.
This significantly reduces the code size
and the likelihood of locking errors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Each family may have some amount of boilerplate
locking code that applies to most, or even all,
commands.
This allows a family to handle such things in
a more generic way, by allowing it to
a) include private flags in each operation
b) specify a pre_doit hook that is called,
before an operation's doit() callback and
may return an error directly,
c) specify a post_doit hook that can undo
locking or similar things done by pre_doit,
and finally
d) include two private pointers in each info
struct passed between all these operations
including doit(). (It's two because I'll
need two in nl80211 -- can be extended.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable WME QoS in IBSS mode by adding a WME information element to beacons and
probe respones and by checking for it and marking stations as WME capable if it
is present.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Initialize the rate table for WDS interfaces, and
add cases to allow WDS packets to pass the xmit and receive
tests.
Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added a nl interface to set the peer bssid of a WDS interface.
Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On association to an AP, after receiving beacons, the beacon_crc value is set.
The beacon_crc value is not reset in disassociation, but the BSS data may be
expired at a later point. When associating again, it's possible that a
beacon for the AP is not received, resulting in the beacon_ies to remain NULL.
After association, further beacons will not update the beacon data, as the
crc value of the beacon has not changed, and the beacon_crc still holds a
value matching the beacon. The beacon_ies will remain forever null.
One of the results of this is that WLAN power save cannot be entered, the STA
will remain foreven in active mode.
Fix this by adding a validation flag for the beacon_crc, which is cleared on
association.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move ieee80211_scan_cancel() and all other related code to
ieee80211_restart_work() as ieee80211_restart_hw() is intended to be
callable from any context.
Fix a bug that RTNL lock is not taken during ieee80211_cancel_scan().
Take local->mtx before WARN(test_bit(SCAN_HW_SCANNING, &local->scanning)
to prevent the race condition with __ieee80211_start_scan() described
here: http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=128516716810537&w=2
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add missing unlocking of the wiphy in set_channel,
and don't try to unlock a non-existing wiphy in
set_cqm.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.35+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable management frame transmission and subscribing
to management frames through nl80211 in both cfg80211
and mac80211. Also update a few places that I forgot
to update for P2P-client mode previously, and fix a
small bug with non-action frames in this API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes an refcounting bug. Previously it
was possible to corrupt the per-device recv. filter
and monitor management counters when:
iw dev wlanX set monitor [new flags]
was issued on an active monitor interface.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Choose first available phyX name when creating phy devices. This
means that reloading a wifi driver will not cause a change in the
name of it's phy device.
Also, allow users to rename a phy to any un-used name, including
phy%d.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another exported symbol only used in one file
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_cleanup_ups is only defined and used in one place.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code style cleanups before upcoming functional changes.
C99 initializer for fib_props array.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicated include.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Kaiser <nikai@nikai.net>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_headroom() is unsigned so "skb_headroom(skb) + toff" is also
unsigned and can't be less than zero. This test was added in 66d50d25:
"u32: negative offset fix" It was supposed to fix a regression.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ingress being not used very much, and net_device->ingress_queue being
quite a big object (128 or 256 bytes), use a dynamic allocation if
needed (tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress ...)
dev_ingress_queue(dev) helper should be used only with RTNL taken.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L2CAP doesn't permit change like MTU, FCS, TxWindow values while the
connection is alive, we can only set that before the
connection/configuration process. That can lead to bugs in the L2CAP
operation.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since we register nf hooks, matches and targets in order, we'd better
unregister them in the reverse order.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
ipt_LOG & ip6t_LOG use lot of calls to printk() and use a lock in a hope
several cpus wont mix their output in syslog.
printk() being very expensive [1], its better to call it once, on a
prebuilt and complete line. Also, with mixed IPv4 and IPv6 trafic,
separate IPv4/IPv6 locks dont avoid garbage.
I used an allocation of a 1024 bytes structure, sort of seq_printf() but
with a fixed size limit.
Use a static buffer if dynamic allocation failed.
Emit a once time alert if buffer size happens to be too short.
[1]: printk() has various features like printk_delay()...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The functions nf_nat_proto_find_get and nf_nat_proto_put are
only used internally in nf_nat_core. This might break some out
of tree NAT module.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
vlan: dont drop packets from unknown vlans in promiscuous mode
Phonet: Correct header retrieval after pskb_may_pull
um: Proper Fix for f25c80a4: remove duplicate structure field initialization
ip_gre: Fix dependencies wrt. ipv6.
net-2.6: SYN retransmits: Add new parameter to retransmits_timed_out()
iwl3945: queue the right work if the scan needs to be aborted
mac80211: fix use-after-free
Add the SIP callid as a key for persistence.
This allows multiple connections from the same IP address to be
differentiated on the basis of the callid.
When used in conjunction with the persistence mask, it allows connections
from different IP addresses to be aggregated on the basis of the callid.
It is envisaged that a persistence mask of 0.0.0.0 will be a useful
setting. That is, ignore the source IP address when checking for
persistence.
It is envisaged that this option will be used in conjunction with
one-packet scheduling.
This only works with UDP and cannot be made to work with TCP
within the current framework.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Fall back to normal persistence handling if the persistence
engine fails to recognise a packet.
This way, at least the packet will go somewhere.
It is envisaged that iptables could be used to block packets
such if this is not desired although nf_conntrack_sip would
likely need to be enhanced first.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Allow the persistence engine of a virtual service to be set, edited
and unset.
This feature only works with the netlink user-space interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
This shouldn't break compatibility with userspace as the new data
is at the end of the line.
I have confirmed that this doesn't break ipvsadm, the main (only?)
user-space user of this data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
In general NULL arguments aren't passed by the few callers that exist,
so don't test for them.
The exception is to make passing NULL to ip_vs_unbind_scheduler() a noop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Compact ip_vs_sched_persist() by setting up parameters
and calling functions once.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
While doing stress tests with IP route cache disabled, and multi queue
devices, I noticed a very high contention on one rwlock used in
neighbour code.
When many cpus are trying to send frames (possibly using a high
performance multiqueue device) to the same neighbour, they fight for the
neigh->lock rwlock in order to call neigh_hh_init(), and fight on
hh->hh_refcnt (a pair of atomic_inc/atomic_dec_and_test())
But we dont need to call neigh_hh_init() for dst that are used only
once. It costs four atomic operations at least, on two contended cache
lines, plus the high contention on neigh->lock rwlock.
Introduce a new dst flag, DST_NOCACHE, that is set when dst was not
inserted in route cache.
With the stress test bench, sending 160000000 frames on one neighbour,
results are :
Before patch:
real 2m28.406s
user 0m11.781s
sys 36m17.964s
After patch:
real 1m26.532s
user 0m12.185s
sys 20m3.903s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp_asoc_get_hmac() function iterates through a peer's hmac_ids
array and attempts to ensure that only a supported hmac entry is
returned. The current code fails to do this properly - if the last id
in the array is out of range (greater than SCTP_AUTH_HMAC_ID_MAX), the
id integer remains set after exiting the loop, and the address of an
out-of-bounds entry will be returned and subsequently used in the parent
function, causing potentially ugly memory corruption. This patch resets
the id integer to 0 on encountering an invalid id so that NULL will be
returned after finishing the loop if no valid ids are found.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two user-controlled allocations in SCTP are subsequently dereferenced as
sockaddr structs, without checking if the dereferenced struct members fall
beyond the end of the allocated chunk. There doesn't appear to be any
information leakage here based on how these members are used and
additional checking, but it's still worth fixing.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: remove unfashionable newlines, fix gmail tab->space conversion]
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <dan.j.rosenberg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent patch to allow IGMPv2 responses to IGMPv3 queries
bypasses length checks for valid query lengths, incorrectly
resets the v2_seen timer, and does not support IGMPv1.
The following patch responds with a v2 report as required
by IGMPv2 while correcting the other problems introduced
by the patch.
Signed-Off-By: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU & RTNL protection for mfc_cache_array[]
ipmr_cache_find() is called under rcu_read_lock();
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU and RTNL to protect (struct mr_table)->mroute_sk
Readers use RCU, writers use RTNL.
ip_ra_control() already use an RCU grace period before
ip_ra_destroy_rcu(), so we dont need synchronize_rcu() in
mrtsock_destruct()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to get a reference on reg_dev and release it, we are in a
rcu_read_lock() protected section.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e81963b180.
LRO is now deprecated in favour of GRO, and only a few drivers use it,
so it is desirable to build it as a module in distribution kernels.
The original change to prevent building it as a module was made in an
attempt to avoid the case where some dependents are set to y and some
to m, and INET_LRO can be set to m rather than y. However, the
Kconfig system will reliably set INET_LRO=y in this case.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the condition (3rd arg) passed to sk_wait_event() in
sk_stream_wait_memory(). The incorrect check in sk_stream_wait_memory()
causes the following soft lockup in tcp_sendmsg() when the global tcp
memory pool has exhausted.
>>> snip <<<
localhost kernel: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#3 stuck for 11s! [sshd:6429]
localhost kernel: CPU 3:
localhost kernel: RIP: 0010:[sk_stream_wait_memory+0xcd/0x200] [sk_stream_wait_memory+0xcd/0x200] sk_stream_wait_memory+0xcd/0x200
localhost kernel:
localhost kernel: Call Trace:
localhost kernel: [sk_stream_wait_memory+0x1b1/0x200] sk_stream_wait_memory+0x1b1/0x200
localhost kernel: [<ffffffff802557c0>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x40
localhost kernel: [ipv6:tcp_sendmsg+0x6e6/0xe90] tcp_sendmsg+0x6e6/0xce0
localhost kernel: [sock_aio_write+0x126/0x140] sock_aio_write+0x126/0x140
localhost kernel: [xfs:do_sync_write+0xf1/0x130] do_sync_write+0xf1/0x130
localhost kernel: [<ffffffff802557c0>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x40
localhost kernel: [hrtimer_start+0xe3/0x170] hrtimer_start+0xe3/0x170
localhost kernel: [vfs_write+0x185/0x190] vfs_write+0x185/0x190
localhost kernel: [sys_write+0x50/0x90] sys_write+0x50/0x90
localhost kernel: [system_call+0x7e/0x83] system_call+0x7e/0x83
>>> snip <<<
What is happening is, that the sk_wait_event() condition passed from
sk_stream_wait_memory() evaluates to true for the case of tcp global memory
exhaustion. This is because both sk_stream_memory_free() and vm_wait are true
which causes sk_wait_event() to *not* call schedule_timeout().
Hence sk_stream_wait_memory() returns immediately to the caller w/o sleeping.
This causes the caller to again try allocation, which again fails and again
calls sk_stream_wait_memory(), and so on.
[ Bug introduced by commit c1cbe4b7ad
("[NET]: Avoid atomic xchg() for non-error case") -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Nagendra Singh Tomar <tomer_iisc@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFSv4.1 needs warning when a client tcp connection goes down, if that
connection is being used as a backchannel, so that it can warn the
client that it has lost the backchannel connection.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Unfortunately, spkm3 never got very far; while interoperability with one
other implementation was demonstrated at some point, problems were found
with the spec that were deemed not worth fixing.
The kernel code is useless on its own without nfs-utils patches which
were never merged into nfs-utils, and were only ever available from
citi.umich.edu. They appear not to have been updated since 2005.
Therefore it seems safe to assume that this code has no users, and never
will.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
If we set up to wait for a cache item to be filled in, and then find
that it is no longer pending, it could be that some other thread is
in 'cache_revisit_request' and has moved our request to its 'pending' list.
So when our setup_deferral calls cache_revisit_request it will find nothing to
put on the pending list, and do nothing.
We then return from cache_wait_req, thus leaving the 'sleeper'
on-stack structure open to being corrupted by subsequent stack usage.
However that 'sleeper' could still be on the 'pending' list that the
other thread is looking at and so any corruption could cause it to behave badly.
To avoid this race we simply take the same path as if the
'wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout' was interrupted and if the
sleeper is no longer on the list (which it won't be) we wait on the
completion - which will ensure that any other cache_revisit_request
will have let go of the sleeper.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The context is already known in all the sock_create callers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The net is known from the xprt_create and this tagging will also
give un the context in the conntection workers where real sockets
are created.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
After this the socket creation in it knows the context.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
ip_dev_find(net, addr) finds a device given an IPv4 source address and
takes a reference on it.
Introduce __ip_dev_find(), taking a third argument, to optionally take
the device reference. Callers not asking the reference to be taken
should be in an rcu_read_lock() protected section.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roger Luethi noticed packets for unknown VLANs getting silently dropped
even in promiscuous mode.
Check for promiscuous mode in __vlan_hwaccel_rx() and vlan_gro_common()
before drops.
As suggested by Patrick, mark such packets to have skb->pkt_type set to
PACKET_OTHERHOST to make sure they are dropped by IP stack.
Reported-by: Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing stress tests with a disabled IP route cache, I found
__mkroute_output() was touching three times in_device atomic refcount.
Use RCU to touch it once to reduce cache line ping pongs.
Before patch
time to perform the test
real 1m42.009s
user 0m12.545s
sys 25m0.726s
Profile :
16109.00 26.4% ip_route_output_slow vmlinux
7434.00 12.2% dst_destroy vmlinux
3280.00 5.4% fib_rules_lookup vmlinux
3252.00 5.3% fib_semantic_match vmlinux
2622.00 4.3% fib_table_lookup vmlinux
2535.00 4.1% dst_alloc vmlinux
1750.00 2.9% _raw_read_lock vmlinux
1532.00 2.5% rt_set_nexthop vmlinux
After patch
real 1m36.503s
user 0m12.977s
sys 23m25.608s
14234.00 22.4% ip_route_output_slow vmlinux
8717.00 13.7% dst_destroy vmlinux
4052.00 6.4% fib_rules_lookup vmlinux
3951.00 6.2% fib_semantic_match vmlinux
3191.00 5.0% dst_alloc vmlinux
1764.00 2.8% fib_table_lookup vmlinux
1692.00 2.7% _raw_read_lock vmlinux
1605.00 2.5% rt_set_nexthop vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch restores the below flow control patch submitted by Rémi
Denis-Courmont, which accidentaly got lost due to Pipe controller patch
on Phonet.
commit 1a98214fee
Author: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Date: Mon Aug 30 12:57:03 2010 +0000
Phonet: restore flow control credits when sending fails
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
